306
Part number 143489-01 Revision A, September 1999 3500/42M PROXIMITOR ® /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

  • Upload
    dinhque

  • View
    309

  • Download
    7

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

Part number 143489-01Revision A, September 1999

3500/42MPROXIMITOR®/SEISMICMONITOR MODULE

OPERATION AND MAINTENANCEMANUAL

Page 2: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

ii

Data subject to change without notice.

© 1999 Bently Nevada CorporationAll Rights Reserved.

No part of this publication my be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into anyhuman or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical,manual, or otherwise, without the prior written permission of the copyright owner,

Bently Nevada Corporation1617 Water Street

Minden, Nevada 89423 USATelephone (800) 227-5514 or (775) 782-3611

Fax (775) 782-9259

Copyright infringement is a serious matter under the United States of America and foreign copyright laws.

Keyphasor ® and Proximitor ® are registered trademarks of Bently Nevada Corporation.

Page 3: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

iii

Additional Information

3500 Monitoring System Rack Installation and Maintenance Manual (129766-01)

• general description of a standard system

• general description of a Triple Modular redundant (TMR) system

• instructions for installing the removing the module from a 3500 rack

• drawings for all cables used in the 3500 Monitoring System

3500 Monitoring System Rack Configuration and Utilities Guide ( 129777-01)

• guidelines for using the 3500 Rack Configuration software for setting the operatingparameters of the module

• Guidelines for using the 3500 test utilities to verify that the input and output terminals onthe module are operating properly

3500 Monitoring system Computer Hardware and Software Manual (128158-01)

• instructions for connecting the rack to 3500 host computer

• procedures for verifying communication

• procedures for installing software

• guidelines for using Data Acquisition / DDE Server and Operator Display Software

• procedures and diagrams for setting up network and remote communications

3500 Field Wiring Diagram Package (130432-01)

• diagrams that show how to hook up a particular transducer

• lists of recommended wiring

Notice:This manual does not contain all the information required to operate andmaintain the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor. Refer to the Following manualsfor other required information.

Page 4: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

iv

Contents

1. Receiving and Handling Instructions 11.1 Receiving Inspection 11.2 Handling and Storing Considerations 11.3 Disposal Statement 1

2. General Information 22.1 Triple Modular Redundant (TMR) Description 52.2 Available Data 6

2.2.1 Statuses 62.2.2 Proportional Values 10

2.3 LED Descriptions 112.4 Monitor Versions 12

3. Configuration Information 133.1 Software Configuration Options 13

3.1.1 Proximitor/Seismic Monitor Configuration Options 133.1.2 Radial Vibration Channel Options 173.1.3 Thrust Position Channel Options 273.1.4 Differential Expansion Channel Options 363.1.5 Eccentricity Channel Options 423.1.6 Acceleration Channel Options 503.1.7 Velocity Channel Options 603.1.8 Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channel Options 693.1.9 Shaft Absolute Velocity Channel Options 77

3.2 Setpoints 873.3 Software Switches 91

4. I/O Module Descriptions 934.1 Setting the I/O Jumper 934.2 I/O Modules (Internal Termination) 1014.3 Proximitor/Seismic Internal Barrier I/O Module (Internal Termination) 1034.4 Wiring Euro Style Connectors 1044.5 External Termination I/O Modules 105

4.5.1 Proximitor/Seismic and Proximitor/Velomitor I/O Modules (ExternalTermination) 1054.5.2 Shaft Absolute I/O Module (External Termination) 1064.5.3 Proximitor/Seismic TMR I/O Module (External Termination) 1074.5.4 External Termination Blocks 1084.5.5 Cable Pin Outs 116

5. Maintenance 1185.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor/Seismic Monitor Module 118

5.1.1 Choosing a Maintenance Interval 1195.1.2 Required Test Equipment 1195.1.3 Typical Verification Test Setup 1215.1.4 Using the Rack Configuration Software 1225.1.5 Radial Vibration Channels 125

Page 5: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

v

5.1.6 Thrust Position and Differential Expansion Channels 1535.1.7 Eccentricity Channels 1635.1.8 Velocity Channels 1765.1.9 Acceleration Channels 1965.1.10 Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channels 2105.1.11 Shaft Absolute Velocity Channels 2265.1.12 Verify Recorder Outputs 2585.1.13 If a Channel Fails a Verification Test 259

5.2 Adjusting the Scale Factor and the Zero Position 2605.2.1 Adjusting the Scale Factor 2605.2.2 Zero Position Adjustment Description 2615.2.3 Adjusting the Zero Position 266

5.3 Performing Firmware Upgrades 2685.3.1 Installation Procedure 268

6. Troubleshooting 2726.1 Self-test 2726.2 LED Fault Conditions 2736.3 System Event List Messages 2746.4 Alarm Event List Messages 286

7. Ordering Information 287

8. Specifications 290

Page 6: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

vi

Page 7: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Receiving and Handling Instructions

1

1. Receiving and Handling Instructions

1.1 Receiving InspectionVisually inspect the module for obvious shipping damage. If shipping damage isapparent, file a claim with the carrier and submit a copy to Bently NevadaCorporation.

1.2 Handling and Storing ConsiderationsCircuit boards contain devices that are susceptible to damage when exposed toelectrostatic charges. Damage caused by obvious mishandling of the board willvoid the warranty. To avoid damage, observe the following precautions in theorder given:

Application Alert

Machinery protectionwill be lost when thismodule is removed fromthe rack.

- Do not discharge static electricity onto the circuit board. Avoid tools orprocedures that would subject the circuit board to static damage. Somepossible causes include ungrounded soldering irons, nonconductive plastics,and similar materials.

- Personnel must be grounded with a suitable grounding strap (such as 3MVelostat No. 2060) before handling or maintaining a printed circuit board.

- Transport and store circuit boards in electrically conductive bags or foil.

- Use extra caution during dry weather. Relative humidity less than 30 % tendsto multiply the accumulation of static charges on any surface.

1.3 Disposal StatementCustomers and third parties that are in control of product at the end of its life orat the end of its use are solely responsible for proper disposal of product. Noperson, firm, corporation, association or agency that is in control of product shalldispose of it in a manner that is in violation of United States state laws, UnitedStates federal laws, or any applicable international law. Bently NevadaCorporation is not responsible for disposal of product at the end of its life or atthe end of its use.

Page 8: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

2

2. General InformationThe 3500/42M Proximitor/Seismic Monitor is a four channel monitor thataccepts input from Proximitor and Seismic Transducers and uses this input todrive alarms. The monitor can be programmed using the 3500 RackConfiguration Software to perform any of the following functions: RadialVibration, Thrust Position, Eccentricity, Differential Expansion, Acceleration,Velocity, and Shaft Absolute. The monitor can receive input from many types oftransducers including the following Bently Nevada transducers:

Proximitor Transducers Acceleration Velocity

7200 5, 8, 11, & 14 mm3300 5, 8 mm, & 16 mm HTPSRAM3000

Std. Accel Interface ModuleHigh Frequency InterfaceModule

9200, 47633, 86205, 74712VelomitorHigh Temperature Velomitor

Page 9: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

3

1) Main module front view.

2) Status LEDs, refer to Section 2.3.

3) Buffered transducer outputs. Provide an unfiltered output for each of thefour transducers. All are short circuit protected.

4) I/O module rear views.

5) I/O module, Internal Termination. Refer to Section 4.2.

6) I/O module, External Termination. Refer to Section 4.5.

7) TMR I/O module, External Termination. Refer to Section 4.5.2.

Page 10: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

4

1) Rear view of additional I/O Modules

2) Proximitor/Velomitor Internal Termination I/O Module.

Refer to Section 4.2.

3) Proximitor/Velomitor External Termination I/O Module.

Refer to Section 4.5.1

4) Shaft Absolute Internal Termination I/O Module.

Refer to Section 4.2

5) Shaft Absolute External Termination I/O Module.

Refer to Section 4.5.2

Page 11: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

5

I/O Modules with Barriers

The primary purpose of the 3500/42M monitor is to provide 1) machineryprotection by continuously comparing current machine vibration againstconfigured alarm setpoints to drive alarms and, 2) essential machine vibrationinformation to both operator and maintenance personnel. Alarm setpoints areconfigured using the 3500 Rack Configuration Software. Alarm setpoints can beconfigured for each active proportional value and danger setpoints can beconfigured for two of the active proportional values.

When shipped from the factory, the 3500/42M is delivered unconfigured. Whenneeded, the 3500/42M can be installed into a 3500 rack and configured toperform the required monitoring function. This lets you stock a single monitor foruse as a spare for many different applications.

2.1 Triple Modular Redundant (TMR) DescriptionWhen used in a TMR configuration, 3500/42M monitors and Proximitor/SeismicTMR I/O Modules must be installed adjacent to each other in groups of three.When used in this configuration, two types of voting are employed to ensureaccurate operation and to avoid single point failures.

The first level of voting occurs on the TMR Relay Module. With this voting, theselected alarm outputs for the three monitors are compared in a 2 out of 3method. Two monitors must agree before the relay is driven. Refer to the3500/32 & 34 Relay Module Operation and Maintenance Manual for moreinformation on this voting.

Internal Proximitor BarrierI/O Module, InternalTermination, refer toSection 4.3

Internal Prox/SeismicBarrier I/O Module,Internal Termination,refer to Section 4.3

Internal Seismic BarrierI/O Module, InternalTermination, refer tosection 4.3

Page 12: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

6

The second type of voting is referred to as "Comparison" voting. With this typeof voting, the proportional value outputs of each monitor in the group arecompared with each other. If the output of one monitor differs from the output ofthe other monitors in the group by a specified amount, that monitor will add anentry to the System Event list. Configure comparison voting by settingComparison and % Comparison in the Rack Configuration Software.

Comparison: The enabled proportional value of the TMR monitor group that isused to determine how far apart the values of the three monitors can be toeach other before an entry is added to the System Event List.

% Comparison: The highest allowed percent difference between the middlevalue of the three monitors in a TMR group and the individual values of eachmonitor.

For TMR applications, two types of input configurations are available: bussed ordiscrete. Bussed configuration uses the signal from a single nonredundanttransducer and provides that signal to all modules in the TMR group through asingle 3500 Bussed External Termination Block.

Discrete configuration requires three redundant transducers at eachmeasurement location on the machine. The input from each transducer isconnected to separate 3500 External Termination Blocks.

2.2 Available DataThe Proximitor/Seismic Monitor returns specific proportional values dependentupon the type of channel configured. This monitor also returns both monitor andchannel statuses which are common to all types of channels.

2.2.1 StatusesThe following statuses are provided by the monitor. This section describes theavailable statuses and where they can be found.

Monitor Status

OKThis indicates if the monitor is functioning correctly. A not OK status isreturned under any of the following conditions:

Module Hardware Failure

Node Voltage Failure

Configuration Failure

Transducer Failure

Slot ID Failure

Keyphasor Failure (if Keyphasor signals are assigned to channel pairs)

Channel not OK

If the Monitor OK status goes not OK, then the system OK Relay on the RackInterface I/O Module will be driven not OK.

Page 13: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

7

Alert/Alarm 1

This indicates whether the monitor has entered Alert/Alarm 1. A monitor willenter the Alert/Alarm 1 state when any proportional value provided by themonitor exceeds its configured Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint.

Danger/Alarm 2

This indicates whether the monitor has entered Danger/Alarm 2. A monitorwill enter the Danger/Alarm 2 state when any proportional value provided bythe monitor exceeds its configured Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint.

Bypass

This indicates when the monitor has bypassed alarming for one or moreproportional values at a channel. When a channel bypass status is set, thismonitor bypass status will also be set.

Configuration Fault

This indicates if the monitor configuration is valid.

Special Alarm Inhibit

This indicates whether all the nonprimary Alert/Alarm 1 alarms in theassociated monitor channel are inhibited.

The Channel Special Alarm Inhibit function is active when:

- The Alarm Inhibit contact (INHB/RET) on the I/O Module is closed(active).

- A Channel Special Alarm Inhibit software switch is enabled.

Channel Status

OK

This indicates that no fault has been detected by the associated monitorchannel.

There are three types of channel OK checking: Transducer Input Voltage,Transducer Supply Voltage, and Keyphasor OK. Keyphasor OK only affectschannel pairs that have Keyphasor signals assigned to them. A channel OKstatus will be deactivated if any of the three OK types goes not OK.

Alert/Alarm 1

This indicates whether the associated monitor channel has enteredAlert/Alarm 1. A channel will enter the Alert/Alarm 1 state when anyproportional value provided by the channel exceeds its configured Alert/Alarm1 setpoint.

Danger/Alarm 2

This indicates whether the associated monitor channel has enteredDanger/Alarm 2. A channel will enter the Danger/Alarm 2 state when anyproportional value provided by the channel exceeds its configuredDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint.

Page 14: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

8

Bypass

This indicates that the channel has bypassed alarming for one or more of itsproportional values. A channel bypass status may result from the followingconditions:

- A transducer is not OK, and the channel is configured for Timed OKChannel Defeat.

- The Keyphasor associated with the channel has gone invalid causing allproportional values related to the Keyphasor signal (for example 1XAmplitude, 1X Phase, Not 1X, ...) to be defeated and their associatedalarms bypassed.

- The monitor has detected a serious internal fault.

- A software switch is bypassing any channel alarming function.

- The Special Alarm Inhibit is active and causing enabled alarms not to beprocessed.

Special Alarm Inhibit

This indicates whether all the nonprimary Alert/Alarm 1 alarms in theassociated monitor channel are inhibited.

The Channel Special Alarm Inhibit function is active when:

- The Alarm Inhibit contact (INHB/RET) on the I/O Module is closed(active).

- A Channel Special Alarm Inhibit software switch is enabled.

Off

This indicates whether the channel has been turned off. The monitorchannels may be turned off (inactivated) using the Rack ConfigurationSoftware.

Page 15: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

9

The following table shows where the statuses can be found:

Statuses CommunicationGateway Module

RackConfiguration

Software

OperatorDisplay

Software

Monitor OK X X

Monitor Alert/Alarm 1 X X

Monitor Danger/Alarm 2 X X

Monitor Bypass X

Monitor Configuration Fault X

Monitor Special Alarm Inhibit X

Channel OK X X X

Channel Alert/Alarm 1 X X X

Channel Danger/Alarm 2 X X X

Channel Bypass X X X

Channel Special Alarm Inhibit X X X

Channel Off X X

Page 16: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

10

2.2.2 Proportional ValuesProportional values are vibration measurements used to monitor the machine.The Proximitor/Seismic Monitor returns the following proportional values:

RadialVibration

ThrustPosition

DifferentialExpansion

Direct *Gap1X Amplitude1X Phase Lag2X Amplitude2X Phase LagNot 1X AmplitudeSmax Amplitude

Direct *Gap

Direct *Gap

Eccentricity Acceleration Velocity

Peak to Peak *GapDirect MinDirect Max

Direct * Direct *

Shaft Absolute -Radial

Vibration

Shaft Absolute –Velocity

Direct *Gap1X Amplitude1X Phase Lag

Shaft Absolute Direct *Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl.Shaft Absolute 1X PhaseDirect1X Amplitude1X Phase Lag

* The primary value for the channel pair type. You can place these values intocontiguous registers in the Communication Gateway or Display Interface Module.

Page 17: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

11

2.3 LED DescriptionsThe LED’s on the front panel of the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor indicate theoperating status of the module as shown in the following figure. Refer to Section6.2 (LED Fault Conditions)for all of the available LED conditions.

1) OK: Indicates that the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor and the I/O Module areoperating correctly.

2) TX/RX: Flashes at the rate that messages are received and transmitted.3) Bypass: Indicates that some of the monitor functions are temporarily

suppressed.

Page 18: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance General Information

12

2.4 Monitor VersionsThe 3500/42M monitor is an enhanced replacement of the original 3500/42monitor. It can be distinguished from the original by the model designation of3500/42M on the front panel. The 3500/42M can be used in the sameapplications and as a direct replacement for the 3500/42. The M refers to theenhanced machine management capabilities. The monitor supports current andfuture Bently Nevada machine management systems.

1) Model Number

Page 19: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

13

3. Configuration InformationThis section describes how the 3500/42M Proximitor/Seismic Monitor is configuredusing the Rack Configuration Software. It also describes any configurationrestrictions associated with this module. Refer to the 3500 Monitoring System RackConfiguration and Utilities Guide and the Rack Configuration Software for the detailson how to operate the software.

3.1 Software Configuration OptionsThis section shows the configuration screens of the Rack Configuration Softwarethat are associated with the monitor and discusses the configuration considerations.It will show a copy of the software screens and will explain the options that areavailable.

3.1.1 Proximitor/Seismic Monitor Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Proximitor/Seismic Monitorconfiguration screen.

Page 20: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

14

Reference Information

These fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeThe type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard or TMR).

Configuration IDA unique six character identifier which is entered when a configuration isdownloaded to the 3500 rack.

Slot Input/Output Module Type

The I/O field lets you identify the type of I/O Module that is attached to the monitor(The option selected must agree with the I/O module installed).

Discrete I/OUsed when each Proximitor/Seismic Monitor and a Proximitor/Seismic or a ShaftAbsolute Discrete I/O Module are installed for a standard or nonredundantapplication.

Discrete Internal I/OThe transducer field wiring is connected directly to the I/O module.

Discrete External I/OThe transducer field wiring is connected to an External Termination Block andthen routed from the External Termination Block to the I/O module through a 25-pin cable. The recorder field wiring is connected to an External TerminationBlock and then routed from the External Termination Block to the I/O modulethrough a 9-pin cable.

Prox/Velom Internal I/OThe transducer field wiring is connected directly to the I/O module. Note thatselecting the Prox/Velom Internal I/O option will disable certain transducer typeoptions.

Prox/Velom External I/OThe transducer field wiring is connected to an External Termination Block andthen routed from the External Termination Block to the I/O module through a 25-pin cable. The recorder field wiring is connected to an External TerminationBlock and then routed from the External Termination Block to the I/O module

Page 21: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

15

through a 9-pin cable. Note that selecting the Prox/Velom External I/O option willdisable certain transducer type options.

Prox/Accel Internal Barrier I/OThe transducer field wiring is connected directly to the Proximitor/SeismicMonitor Internal Barrier I/O Module. Note that selecting the Prox/Accel InternalBarrier I/O option will disable certain transducer type options.

Prox/Velom Internal Barrier I/OThe transducer field wiring is connected directly to the Proximitor/SeismicMonitor Internal Barrier I/O Module. Note that selecting the Prox/Velom InternalBarrier I/O option will disable certain transducer type options.

Velom Internal Barrier I/OThe transducer field wiring is connected directly to the Proximitor/SeismicMonitor Internal Barrier I/O Module. Note that selecting the Velom InternalBarrier I/O option will disable certain transducer type options.

TMR I/OUsed when three identical adjacent monitors and three TMR I/O Modules areinstalled for a TMR application. Both the discrete and bussed configurations usethe same external I/O modules but are wired differently as per the followingparagraphs.

TMR I/O (Discrete)This option is used when redundant transducers and field wiring are required. Aset of twelve transducers are used to provide input signals to three identicaladjacent monitors. Each transducer is connected to an External TerminationBlock and then routed to the Proximitor/Seismic TMR I/O Module using a 25-pincable. The recorder field wiring is connected to an External Termination Blockand then routed from the External Termination Block to the Proximitor/SeismicTMR I/O Module through a 9-pin cable.

TMR I/O (Bussed)This option is used when redundant transducers and field wiring are not required.A single set of four transducers are sent to three identical adjacent monitors.Each transducer is connected to a Bussed External Termination Block and thenthe Bussed External Termination Block is connected to the Proximitor/SeismicTMR I/O Modules using three 25-pin cables. The recorder field wiring isconnected to an External Termination Block and then routed from the ExternalTermination Block to the Proximitor/Seismic TMR I/O Module through a 9-pincable.

Page 22: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

16

Channel Pair 1 and 2Channel Pair 3 and 4The fields within these boxes pertain to both channels of the channel pair.

Channel Pair TypeThe type of monitoring which is to be performed by the channel pair. Thefollowing Channel Pair types are available in the monitor:

- Radial Vibration- Thrust Position- Differential Expansion- Eccentricity- Acceleration- Velocity- Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration- Shaft Absolute Velocity

Keyphasor AssociationNo KeyphasorCan be used when a Keyphasor is not available. If this is marked then theonly data that will be available is Direct and Gap. This field will automaticallybe marked for channel pairs which do not require a Keyphasor transducer(for example Thrust Position and Differential Expansion).

PrimaryThe Keyphasor channel selected that is normally used for measurement.When this Keyphasor transducer is marked invalid, the backup Keyphasortransducer will provide the shaft reference information.

BackupThe Keyphasor channel selected that will be used if the primary Keyphasorfails. If you do not have a backup Keyphasor, select the same Keyphasorchannel as the primary Keyphasor.

ActiveSelect whether the functions of the channel will be turned on () or off ().

OptionsA button to display the configuration options for the selected channel type.

NoteFor TMR applications, set Channel Pair 1 and 2 as primary Keyphasorand Channel Pair 3 and 4 as backup Keyphasor.

Page 23: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

17

Notes:

The alarming hysteresis for all channel configurations for a 42M Monitor is 1/64of Full Scale. When a channel exceeds an alarm setpoint, it must fall back belowthe setpoint less the hysteresis before it can go out of alarm. For example,consider a channel configuration with a 0–10 mils full scale and an alarm setpointat 6 mils as illustrated below:

The hysteresis = 10 mils/64 = 0.16 mils. The channel input must fall below 6 mils- 0.16 mils (5.84 mils) before the channel is out of alarm.

3.1.2 Radial Vibration Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Radial Vibration Channel.

3.1.2.1 Radial Vibration Channel Configuration ConsiderationsConsider the following items before configuring a Radial Vibration Channel:

- Internal Barrier I/O Modules and External barriers are not currently supported with7200 11 mm or 14 mm, or 3000 Proximitors, or the 3300 16 mm HTPS.

- When "No Keyphasor" is selected, the 1X Amplitude (Ampl) and Phase Lag, 2XAmplitude (Ampl) and Phase Lag, Not 1X Amplitude (Ampl), and Smax Amplitude(Ampl) can not be selected.

- If a Keyphasor channel is selected, a Keyphasor Module must be installed in therack.

- The full scale options allowed for each proportional value is dependent upon thetransducer type.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1 voltfrom the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

Page 24: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

18

- There are two selections for 3000 Series transducers:

3000(-24V) ProximitorSelect this option when connecting a 3000 Series proximitor directly to a3500 monitor. A default scale factor of 285 mV/mil will be selected. Thismay be adjusted ±15 %. Note that the buffered transducers on the front ofthe monitors and to the Data Manager are not compensated and should beinterpreted at 285 mV/mil.

3000(-18V) ProximitorSelect this option when connecting a 3000 Series proximitor directly to a3500 monitor, but supplying proximitor power from an external 18 volt source.A default scale factor of 200 mV/mil will be selected. This may be adjusted±15 %. Note that the buffered transducers on the front of the monitors and tothe Data Manager are not compensated and should be interpreted at 200mV/mil.

- Setpoints may only be set on proportional values which are enabled.Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example, Channels 1 and 2 may

be configured as Radial Vibration and Channels 3 and 4 may be configured asThrust Position).

- When a full-scale range is modified, the setpoints associated with this proportionalvalue should be readjusted.

- It is best to set the Scale Factor value and the Trip Multiply value before the ZeroPosition value.

- 3000 (-18V), 3000 (-24V), and 3300 RAM Proximitors have limited linear ranges.Therefore, you should use caution when selecting the Full-scale range of theDirect, 1X Amplitude (Ampl), 2X Amplitude (Ampl), Not 1X Amplitude (Ampl) andSmax Amplitude (Ampl) PPLs. Full-scale value x Trip Multiply should not exceedthe linear range of the transducer.

Page 25: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

19

3.1.2.2 Radial Vibration Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Radial Vibration Channelconfiguration screen.

Timed OK Channel DefeatThis prevents a channel from returning to an OK status until that channel'stransducer has remained in an OK state for 30 seconds. This feature is alwaysenabled in the Radial Vibration Channels. The option protects against false tripscaused by intermittent transducers.

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Custom channelconfiguration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration data is storedin a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification files followthe naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located in the\3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Page 26: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

20

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (1 through 4).

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard orTMR).

EnableAn enabled proportional value specifies that the value will be provided by thechannel ( enabled, disabled).

DirectData which represents the overall peak to peak vibration. All frequencies withinthe selected Direct Frequency Response are included in this proportional value.

GapThe physical distance between the face of a proximity probe tip and the observedsurface. The distance can be expressed in terms of displacement (mils,micrometres) or in terms of voltage. Standard polarity convention dictates that adecreasing gap results in an increasing (less negative) output signal.

1X AmplIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the amplitude component that occursat the rotative speed frequency.

1X Phase LagIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the phase lag component that occursat the rotative speed frequency.

2X AmplIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the amplitude component having afrequency equal to two times the shaft rotative speed.

2X Phase LagIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the phase lag component having afrequency equal to two times the shaft rotative speed. 2X phase lag is theangular measurement from the leading or trailing edge of the Keyphasor pulse tothe following positive peak of the 2X vibration signal.

Page 27: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

21

Not 1X Ampl

In a complex vibration signal, notation for the amplitude component that occurs atfrequencies other than rotative speed.

Smax Ampl

Single peak measurement of unfiltered XY (orthogonal) probes, in the measurementplanes, against a calculated "quasi zero" point. Only one Smax Ampl value isreturned per channel pair (channel 1 or channel 3).

Full Scale Range

Each selectable proportional value provides the ability to set a full scale value. If thedesired full scale value is not in the pull down list, then the custom selection can bechosen.

The values in the following table are the same for all transducer types.

Direct1X Ampl2X AmplNot 1X AmplSmax Ampl

0-3 mil pp0-5 mil pp0-10 mil pp0-15 mil pp0-20 mil pp0-100 µm pp0-150 µm pp0-200 µm pp0-400 µm pp0-500 µm ppCustom

Page 28: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

22

Gap Full Scale Ranges by transducer type

3300–5 mm Proximitor3300–8 mm Proximitor7200–5 mm Proximitor7200–8 mm Proximitor

7200–11 mm Proximitor7200–14 mm Proximitor3300–16 mm HTPSNonstandard

3000 (-18V) Proximitor3000 (-24V) Proximitor3300 RAM Proximitor

-24 Vdc15-0-15 mil25-0-25 mil300-0-300 µm600-0-600 µmCustom

-24 Vdc15-0-15 mil25-0-25 mil50-0-50 mil300-0-300 µm600-0-600 µm1000-0-1000 µmCustom

-24 Vdc15-0-15 mil300-0-300 µm

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is bypassed or defeated (For example when a problem occurs with thetransducer). The selected value can be between the minimum and maximumfull-scale range values. (1X and 2X Phase Lag have available values of 0 to 359degrees.) Only the values available from the Recorder Outputs, CommunicationGateway and Display Interface Module are clamped to the specified value whenthe proportional value is invalid.

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.

If 1X Phase Lag or 2X Phase Lag are selected then the two options available arewith and without Hysteresis. If the channel is Bypassed, the output will beclamped to the selected clamp value or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

The Hysteresis option helps prevent the Recorder Output from jumping from Fullto Bottom Scale when the phase measurement is near 0 or 359 degrees. Whenthe Hysteresis option is checked, the recorder signal operates as follows:

- The recorder output is scaled such that 4 mA corresponds to 0 degrees and 20mA corresponds to 380 degrees (360 plus 20 degrees).

- The transition of a phase measurement that is increasing does not occur untilthe measurement has gone 20 degrees past 360 degrees. At this point, therecorder signal switches from 20 mA to a signal that corresponds to 20degrees or 4.842 mA.

Page 29: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

23

- The transition of a phase measurement that is decreasing occurs at 0 degrees(4 mA). At this point, the recorder signal switches from 4 mA to a signal thatcorresponds to 360 degrees or 19.158 mA.

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an over alarm level orbelow an under alarm level before an alarm is declared as active.

AlertFirst level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpoint screen.The Alert time delay is always set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60) for allavailable proportional values.

DangerSecond level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpointscreen.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:

If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60).- The Danger time delay can be set for up to two available proportional

values.

If the 100 ms option is on ():- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional value.

Zero Position (Gap)Represents the zero position (in volts) when the gap scale is to read the engineeringunits of displacement. To ensure maximum amount of zero adjustment, the probeshould be gapped as close as possible to the center gap voltage specified in the OKLimit table. This field is not available for Voltage Gap Scale.

Adjust ButtonAdjust the Zero Position voltage. When this button is clicked, a utility starts thathelps you set the gap zero position voltage. Since this utility provides activefeedback from the 3500 rack, a connection with the rack is required. Refer toSection 5.2 (Adjusting the Scale Factor and the Zero Position).

Trip MultiplyThe value selected to temporarily increase the alarm (Alert and Danger) setpointvalues. This value is normally applied by manual (operator) action during startup to

Page 30: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

24

allow a machine to pass through high vibration speed ranges without monitor alarmindications. Such high vibration speed ranges may include system resonances andother normal transient vibrations.

Direct Frequency ResponseThe upper and lower corners for the band-pass filter used with direct vibrationmeasurements. The available ranges are 240 to 240,000 cpm and 60 to 36,000cpm.

Transducer SelectionThe following transducer types are available for the Radial Vibration Channel (non-barrier I/O module):

3300 – 5 mm Proximitor3300 – 8 mm Proximitor7200 – 5 mm Proximitor7200 – 8 mm Proximitor7200 – 11 mm Proximitor7200 – 14 mm Proximitor3000 (-18 V) Proximitor3000 (-24 V) Proximitor3300 RAM Proximitor3300 – 16 mm HTPSNonstandard

The following transducer types are available for the Radial Vibration Channel (barrierI/O module):

3300 – 5 mm Proximitor3300 – 8 mm Proximitor7200 – 5 mm Proximitor7200 – 8 mm Proximitor3300 RAM ProximitorNonstandard

Page 31: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

25

Customize button

Used to adjust the Scale Factor for transducers. If Non-standard is selected as thetransducer type, the OK Limits can also be adjusted. The Non-standard transducer'sscale factor must be between 85 and 230 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2volts between the Upper and Lower OK Limits.

Transducer Scale Factor

WithoutBarriers

With BentlyNevada Internal

Barriers

Standard I/OWith

Barriers

Discrete TMRI/O WithBarriers

Bussed TMRI/O WithBarriers

3300 5 and 8 mm7200 5 and 8 mm

200 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 192 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 199 mV/mil

7200 11 mm 100 mV/mil * * * *7200 14 mm 100 mV/mil * * * *3000 (-18V) 200 mV/mil * * * *3000 (-24V) 285 mV/mil * * * *3300 RAM 200 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 192 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 199 mV/mil3300 16 mm HTPS 100 mV/mil * * * *

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustment allowed.

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.

Page 32: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

26

OK Limits

Transducer Upper Lower Center Gap Voltage

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

3300 8 mm3300 5 mm7200 5 mm7200 8 mm

-16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 11 mm -19.65 * -3.55 * -11.6 *

7200 14 mm -16.75 * -2.75 * -9.75 *

3000 (-18V) -12.05 * -2.45 * -7.25 *

3000 (-24V) -15.75 * -3.25 * -9.5 *

3300 RAM -12.55 -12.15 -2.45 -2.45 -7.5 -7.3

3300 16 mmHTPS

-16.75 * -2.75 * -9.75 *

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.

Note: With Barriers includes BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)

Returns the position of the Transducer Jumper on the Proximitor/Seismic I/OModule. Refer to Section 4.1(Setting the I/O Jumper)for the function of this jumper.

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active it will remain active even after the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level. The channel will remain in alarm untilit is reset using one of the following methods:

- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active it will go inactive as soon as the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level.

Alert should be the first level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal levelexceeds the selected value. Danger should be the second level alarm thatoccurs when the transducer signal level exceeds the selected value. The Alertand Danger values are set on the Setpoint screen.

Page 33: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

27

Transducer OrientationDegreesThe location of the transducer on the machine. The range for orientation angle is0 to 180 degrees left or right as observed from the driver to the driven end of themachine train. Refer to the following figure:

This drawing is for horizontal shafts.

BarriersSelect the MTL 796(-) Zener External option, or Galvanic Isolators if external safetybarriers are connected between the monitor and the transducer. If using an InternalBarrier I/O Module, select the internal option. These devices are used to restrict theamount of energy that can flow into a hazardous area.

3.1.3 Thrust Position Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Thrust Position Channel.

3.1.3.1 Thrust Position Channel Configuration ConsiderationsConsider the following items before configuring a Thrust Position Channel:

- Internal Barrier I/O Modules are not currently supported with 7200 11 mm or 14mm, or 3000 Proximitors, or the 3300 16 mm HTPS.

- The "No Keyphasor" option is automatically selected for this channel type. NoKeyphasors are required.

- The Thrust Direct full-scale range is dependent upon the transducer type.

- The Zero Position voltage range is dependent upon the direct full-scale range

driver end

180°

90° right90° left

driven endshaft

Page 34: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

28

and the upscale direction.

- Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example, Channels 1 and 2may be configured as Thrust Position and Channels 3 and 4 may beconfigured as Radial Vibration).

- When a full-scale range is modified, the setpoints associated with thisproportional value should be readjusted.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1volt from the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

- There are two selections for 3000 Series transducers:

3000(-24V) ProximitorSelect this option when connecting a 3000 Series proximitor directly to a3500 monitor. A default scale factor of 285 mV/mil will be selected. Thismay be adjusted ±15 %. Note that the buffered transducers on the front ofthe monitors and to the Data Manager are not compensated and should beinterpreted at 285 mV/mil.

3000(-18V) ProximitorSelect this option when connecting a 3000 Series proximitor directly to a3500 monitor, but supplying proximitor power from an external 18 volt source.A default scale factor of 200 mV/mil will be selected. This may be adjusted±15 %. Note that the buffered transducers on the front of the monitors and tothe Data Manager are not compensated and should be interpreted at 200mV/mil.

Page 35: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

29

3.1.3.2 Thrust Position Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Thrust Position Channelconfiguration screen.

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button in the Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Customchannel configuration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration datais stored in a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification filesfollow the naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located inthe \3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Page 36: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

30

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (1 through 4).

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard orTMR).

EnableDirectAverage position, or change in position, of a rotor in the axial direction withrespect to some fixed reference. This value may be displayed in mils or µm.This proportional value supports both center zero and noncenter zero Full ScaleRanges.

GapThe physical distance between the face of a proximity probe tip and the observedsurface. The distance is expressed in terms of voltage. Standard polarityconvention dictates that a decreasing gap results in an increasing (less negative)output signal.

Direct Full Scale Ranges by transducer type3300 - 5 and 8 mm Proximitor7200 - 5 and 8 mm Proximitor

7200 - 11 and 14 mm Proximitor3300 - 16 mm HTPSNonstandard

3000 (-18V) Proximitor3000 (-24V) Proximitor3300 RAM Proximitor

25-0-25 mil30-0-30 mil40-0-40 mil0.5 - 0 - 0.5 mm1.0 - 0 - 1.0 mmCustom

25-0-25 mil30-0-30 mil40-0-40 mil50-0-50 mil75-0-75 mil0.5 - 0 - 0.5 mm1.0 - 0 - 1.0 mm2.0 - 0 - 2.0 mmCustom

25-0-25 mil0.5 - 0 - 0.5 mmCustom

The Gap Full Scale Ranges are the same for all transducer types.

Gap

-24 VdcCustom

Page 37: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

31

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is Bypassed or defeated. The selected value can be between theminimum and maximum full-scale range values. Only the values available fromthe Recorder Outputs, Communication Gateway and Display Interface Moduleare clamped to the specified value when the proportional value is invalid.

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.If the channel is bypassed, the output will be clamped to the selected clampvalue or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

OK ModeLatchingIf a channel is configured for Latching OK, once the channel has gone not OKthe status stays not OK until a reset is issued. Reset a latched not OK by usingone of the following methods:

- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

NonlatchingThe OK status of that channel will track the defined OK status of the transducer.

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an over alarm levelor below an under alarm level before an alarm is declared as active.

AlertFirst level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpoint screen.The Alert time delay is always set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60) for allavailable proportional values.

Page 38: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

32

DangerSecond level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpointscreen.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:

If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals (from 1 through

60).- The Danger time delay can be set for all available proportional values.

If the 100 ms option is on ():- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional value.

Zero Position (Direct)Represents the transducer DC voltage corresponding to the zero indication on thechannel's meter scale for the direct proportional value. The amount of adjustmentallowed is dependent upon the Direct Full Scale Range and the transducer OK limits.For maximum amount of zero adjustment, gap the transducer as close as possible tothe ideal zero position voltage based on the full-scale range, the transducer scalefactor, and the Upscale Direction. For a mid-scale zero the ideal gap is the center ofthe range.

Adjust ButtonAdjust the Zero Position voltage. When this button is clicked a utility starts that helpsyou set the direct zero position voltage. Since this utility provides active feedbackfrom the 3500 rack, a connection with the rack is required. Refer to Section 5.2(Adjusting the Scale Factor and the Zero Position).

TransducerThe following transducer types are available for the Thrust Position Channel (non-barrier I/O module):

3300 - 5mm Proximitor3300 - 8mm Proximitor7200 - 5mm Proximitor7200 - 8mm Proximitor7200 - 11mm Proximitor7200 - 14mm Proximitor3000 (-18V) Proximitor3000 (-24V) Proximitor3300 RAM Proximitor3300 - 16mm HTPSNonstandard

Page 39: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

33

The following transducer types are available for the Thrust Position Channel (barrierI/O module):

3300 - 5mm Proximitor3300 - 8mm Proximitor7200 - 5mm Proximitor7200 - 8mm Proximitor3300 RAM ProximitorNonstandard

Customize button

Used to adjust the Scale Factor for transducers. If Non-standard is selected as thetransducer type, the OK Limits can also be adjusted. The Non-standard transducer'sscale factor must be between 85 and 230 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2volts between the Upper and Lower OK Limits.

Page 40: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

34

Transducer Scale Factor

WithoutBarriers

With BentlyNevada Internal

Barriers

Standard I/OWith

Barriers

Discrete TMRI/O WithBarriers

Bussed TMRI/O WithBarriers

3300 5 and 8 mm7200 5 and 8 mm

200 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 192 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 199 mV/mil

7200 11 mm 100 mV/mil * * * *7200 14 mm 100 mV/mil * * * *3000 (-18V) 200 mV/mil * * * *3000 (-24V) 285 mV/mil * * * *3300 RAM 200 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 192 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 199 mV/mil3300 16 mm HTPS 100 mV/mil * * * *

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustment allowed.

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.

OK Limits

Transducer Upper Lower Center Gap Voltage

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

3300 8 mm3300 5 mm7200 5 mm7200 8 mm

-19.04 -18.20 -1.28 -1.10-1.28 †

-10.16 -9.65-9.74 †

7200 11 mm -20.39 * -3.55 * -11.97 *

7200 14 mm -18.05 * -1.65 * -9.85 *

3000 (-18V) -13.14 * -1.16 * -7.15 *

3000 (-24V) -16.85 * -2.25 * -9.55 *

3300 RAM -13.14 -12.35 -1.16 -1.05

-1.16 †-7.15 -6.7

-6.76 †

3300 16 mmHTPS

-18.05 * -1.65 * -9.85 *

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.† BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Page 41: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

35

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)

Returns the position of the Transducer Jumper on the Proximitor/Seismic I/OModule. Refer to Section 4.1 (Setting the I/O Jumper) for the function of this jumper.

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active it will remain active even after the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level. The channel will remain in alarm untilit is reset using one of the following methods:- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active it will go inactive as soon as the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level.

Alert should be the first level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal levelexceeds the selected value. Danger should be the second level alarm thatoccurs when the transducer signal level exceeds the selected value. The Alertand Danger values are set on the Setpoint screen.

BarriersSelect the MTL 796(-) Zener External option, or Galvanic Isolators if external safetybarriers are connected between the monitor and the transducer. If using an InternalBarrier I/O Module, select the internal option. These devices are used to restrict theamount of energy that can flow into a hazardous area.

Normal Thrust DirectionTowards the active thrust bearing (for example towards or away from the probemounting). This field defines whether rotor movement toward or away from thethrust probe corresponds to a more positive thrust reading (for example upscale on abar graph). If this field is set to "Toward Probe", then as the rotor moves toward thethrust probe the thrust position direct proportional value will increase and go upscaleon a bar graph.

Page 42: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

36

3.1.4 Differential Expansion Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Differential Expansion Channel.

3.1.4.1 Differential Expansion Channel Configuration ConsiderationsConsider the following items before configuring a Differential Expansion Channel:

- None of the differential expansion channel transducers are able to supportdiscrete Internal Barrier I/O modules.

- The "No Keyphasor" option is automatically selected for this channel type. NoKeyphasors are required.

- The Differential Expansion Direct full-scale range is dependent upon thetransducer type.

- The Zero Position voltage range is dependent upon the direct full-scale range.

- Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example, Channels 1 and 2may be configured as Differential Expansion and Channels 3 and 4 may beconfigured as Thrust Position).

- When a full-scale range is modified, the setpoints associated with thisproportional value should be readjusted.

- The Latching OK Mode and the Timed OK Channel Defeat options are notcompatible.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1volt from the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

Page 43: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

37

3.1.4.2 Differential Expansion Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Differential Expansion Channelconfiguration screen.

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button in the Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Customchannel configuration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration datais stored in a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification filesfollow the naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located inthe \3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (1 through 4).

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (12 through 15).

Page 44: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

38

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard orTMR).

EnableDirectChange in position of the shaft due to the thermal growth relative to the machinecasing. This value may be displayed in inches or mm. This proportional valuesupports both center zero and noncenter zero Full Scale Ranges.

GapThe physical distance between the face of a proximity probe tip and the observedsurface. The distance is expressed in terms of voltage. Standard polarityconvention dictates that a decreasing gap results in an increasing (less negative)output signal.

Direct Full Scale Ranges by transducer type

25 mm Extended Range Proximitor35 mm Extended Range Proximitor

50 mm Extended Range ProximitorNonstandard

5-0-5 mm0-10 mm0.25 - 0 - 0.25 in0.0 - 0.5 inCustom

5-0-5 mm0-10 mm10-0-10 mm0-20 mm0-25 mm0.25 - 0 - 0.25 in0.0 - 0.5 in0.5 - 0 - 0.5 in0.0 - 1.0 inCustom

The Gap Full Scale Ranges are the same for all transducer types.

Gap

-24 VdcCustom

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is Bypassed or defeated (For example when a problem occurs with thetransducer). The selected value can be between the minimum and maximumfull-scale range values. Only the values available from the Recorder Outputs,Communication Gateway and Display Interface Module are clamped to thespecified value when the proportional value is invalid.

Page 45: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

39

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full-scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.If the channel is Bypassed, the output will be clamped to the selected clampvalue or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

OK ModeLatchingIf a channel is configured for Latching OK, once the channel has gone not OKthe status stays not OK until a reset is issued. Reset a latched not OK by usingone of the following methods:

- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

NonlatchingThe OK status of the channel will track the defined OK status of the transducer.

Timed OK Channel DefeatAn option that prevents a channel from returning to an OK status until that channel'stransducer has remained in an OK state for the specified period of time. If the optionis enabled, the time is set to 10 seconds. The option protects against false tripscaused by intermittent transducers.

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an over alarm level orbelow an under alarm level before an alarm is declared as active.

Alert

First level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds the selectedAlert/Alarm 1 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpoint screen. The Alerttime delay is always set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60) for all availableproportional values.

Page 46: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

40

Danger

Second level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpoint screen.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:

If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60).- The Danger time delay can be set for all available proportional values.

If the 100 ms option is on ():- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional value.

Zero Position (Direct)Represents the transducer DC voltage corresponding to the zero indication on thechannel's meter scale for the direct proportional value. The amount of adjustmentallowed is dependent upon the Direct Full Scale Range and the transducer OK limits.For maximum amount of zero adjustment, gap the transducer as close as possible tothe ideal zero position voltage based on the full-scale range, the transducer scalefactor, and the Upscale Direction. For a mid-scale zero the ideal gap is the center ofthe range.

Adjust ButtonAdjust the Zero Position voltage. When this button is clicked a utility starts that helpsyou set the direct zero position voltage. Since this utility provides active feedbackfrom the 3500 rack, a connection with the rack is required. Refer to Section 5.2(Adjusting the Scale Factor and the Zero Position).

TransducerThe following transducer types are available for the Differential Expansion Channel:

25mm Extended Range Proximitor35mm Extended Range Proximitor50mm Extended Range ProximitorNonstandard

Page 47: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

41

Customize button

Used to adjust the Scale Factor of transducers. If Non-standard is selected as thetransducer type, the OK Limits can also be adjusted. The Non-standard transducer'sscale factor must be between 8.5 and 23 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2 voltsbetween the Upper and Lower OK Limits.

Scale Factor

Transducer Without Barriers

25 mm 20 mV/mil35 mm 20 mV/mil50 mm 10 mV/mil

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustment allowed.

OK Limits

Transducer Upper (V) Lower (V) Center Gap Voltage(V)

25mm -12.55 -1.35 -6.9535mm -12.55 -1.35 -6.9550mm -12.55 -1.35 -6.95

Page 48: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

42

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)

Returns the position of the Transducer Jumper on the I/O Module. Refer to Section4.1(Setting the I/O Jumper)for the function of this jumper.

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active, it will remain active even after the proportional value dropsbelow the configured setpoint level. The channel will remain in alarm until it is resetusing one of the following methods:

- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active, it will go inactive as soon as the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level. Alert should be the first level alarmthat occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds the selected value. Dangershould be the second level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal levelexceeds the selected value. The Alert and Danger values are set on theSetpoint screen.

Upscale DirectionTowards or away from the probe mounting. This field defines whether rotormovement toward or away from the differential expansion corresponds to a morepositive differential expansion (for example upscale on a bar graph). If this field isset to "Toward Probe", then as the rotor moves toward the differential expansionprobe the differential expansion direct proportional value will increase and goupscale on a bar graph.

3.1.5 Eccentricity Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Eccentricity Channel.

3.1.5.1 Eccentricity Channel Configuration ConsiderationsConsider the following items before configuring an Eccentricity Channel:

- Internal Barrier I/O Modules are not currently supported with 7200 11 mm or 14mm, 3000 Proximitors, 3300 16 mm HTPS, or 3300 RAM.

- If a Keyphasor channel is selected, a Keyphasor Module must be installed inthe rack.

- The full-scale options allowed for each proportional value is dependent uponthe transducer type.

Page 49: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

43

- External barriers are not currently supported with 7200 11 mm, 14 mm, or 330016 mm HTPS.

- Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example Channels 1 and 2may be configured as Eccentricity and Channels 3 and 4 may be configuredas Thrust Position).

- When a full-scale range is modified, the setpoints associated with thisproportional value should be readjusted.

- The Peak to Peak proportional value is disabled when "No Keyphasor" isselected on the Four Channel Proximitor/Seismic Monitor screen.

- The Latching OK Mode and the Timed OK Channel Defeat options are notcompatible.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1volt from the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

3.1.5.2 Eccentricity Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Eccentricity Channelconfiguration screen.

Page 50: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

44

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button in the Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Customchannel configuration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration datais stored in a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification filesfollow the naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located inthe \3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (1 through 4).

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed (Std or TMR).

EnablePeak to PeakThe difference between the positive and the negative extremes of the rotor bow.The proportional value is only available when a Keyphasor channel has beenselected. This value may be displayed in mils or µm.

DirectThe instantaneous eccentricity value. The direct value can be displayed threeways:

- At shaft rotative speeds greater than 600 rpm, the direct value is theaverage distance between the probe tip and the shaft and is displayed in away similar to a thrust measurement. This direct measurement isdisplayed only when Direct Channel Above 600 rpm is enabled.

- At shaft rotative speeds between 600 rpm and the rpm setting forInstantaneous Crossover, the direct measurement consists of two values:a maximum and minimum value relative to a zero reference. These twodirect values are called Direct Max and Direct Min.

- At shaft rotative speeds less than the rpm setting for InstantaneousCrossover, Direct Max and Direct Min are equal and the directmeasurement consists of an instantaneous measurement relative to azero reference. This type of direct measurement is called instantaneousgap.

Page 51: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

45

Instantaneous CrossoverThe value for shaft rotative speed where the direct eccentricity measurementchanges from Direct Max/ Direct Min to instantaneous gap. The value forInstantaneous Crossover must be between 1 and 10 rpm.

GapThe physical distance between the face of a proximity probe tip and the observedsurface. The distance is expressed in terms of voltage. Standard polarityconvention dictates that a decreasing gap results in an increasing (less negative)output signal.

Peak to Peak Full Scale Ranges by transducer type

3300 - 5 and 8 mm Proximitor7200 - 5 and 8 mm Proximitor

7200 - 11 and 14 mm Proximitor3300 – 16 mm HTPSNonstandard

0-5 mil pp0-10 mil pp0-20 mil pp0-30 mil pp0-100 µm pp0-200 µm pp0-500 µm ppCustom

0-5 mil pp0-10 mil pp0-20 mil pp0-30 mil pp0-50 mil pp0-100 µm pp0-200 µm pp0-500 µm pp0-1000 µm ppCustom

Direct Full Scale Ranges by transducer type

3300 - 5 and 8 mm Proximitor7200 - 5 and 8 mm Proximitor

7200 - 11 and 14 mm Proximitor3300 – 16 mm HTPSNonstandard

5-0-5 mil10-0-10 mil20-0-20 mil30-0-30 mil100-0-100 µm200-0-200 µm500-0-500 µmCustom

5-0-5 mil10-0-10 mil20-0-20 mil30-0-30 mil50-0-50 mil100-0-100 µm200-0-200 µm500-0-500 µm1000-0-1000 µmCustom

Page 52: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

46

The Gap values are the same for all transducer types.

Gap

-24 VdcCustom

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is bypassed or defeated (For example when a problem occurs with thetransducer). The selected value can be between the minimum and maximumfull-scale range values. Only the values available from the Recorder Outputs,Communication Gateway and Display Interface Module are clamped to thespecified value when the proportional value is invalid.

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full-scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.If the channel is Bypassed, the output will be clamped to the selected clampvalue or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an over alarm level orbelow an under alarm level before an alarm is declared as active.

AlertFirst level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpoint screen.The Alert time delay is always set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60) for allavailable proportional values.

DangerSecond level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpointscreen.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:- If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60).- The Danger time delay can be set for any two available proportional values.

Page 53: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

47

If the 100 ms option is on ():- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional value.

Direct Channel Above 600 RPMDisabledDisplay and alarming of the Direct proportional value will be disabled when theshaft rotative speed exceeds 600 rpm.

EnabledDisplay and alarming of the Direct proportional value will remain active whenshaft rotative speed exceeds 600 rpm.

Zero Position (Direct)Represents the transducer DC voltage corresponding to the zero indication on thechannel's meter scale for the direct proportional value. The amount of adjustmentallowed is dependent upon the Direct Full Scale Range and the transducer OK limits.To ensure maximum amount of zero adjustment, gap the probe as close as possibleto the center gap voltage specified in the OK Limit table.

Adjust ButtonAdjust the Zero Position voltage. When this button is clicked a utility starts that helpsyou set the direct zero position voltage. Since this utility provides active feedbackfrom the 3500 rack, a connection with the rack is required. Refer to Section 5.2(Adjusting the Scale Factor and the Zero Position).

TransducerThe following transducer types are available for the Eccentricity Channel (non-barrierI/O module):

3300 – 5 mm Proximitor3300 – 8 mm Proximitor3300 – 16 mm HTPS7200 – 5 mm Proximitor7200 – 8 mm Proximitor7200 – 11 mm Proximitor7200 – 14 mm ProximitorNonstandard

The following transducer types are available for the Eccentricity Channel (barrier I/Omodule):

3300 – 5 mm Proximitor3300 – 8 mm Proximitor7200 – 5 mm Proximitor7200 – 8 mm ProximitorNonstandard

Page 54: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

48

Customize button

Used to adjust the Scale Factor for transducers. If Non-standard is selected as thetransducer type, the OK Limits can also be adjusted. The Non-standard transducer'sscale factor must be between 85 and 230 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2volts between the Upper and Lower OK Limits.

Page 55: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

49

Scale Factor

Transducer WithoutBarriers

With BentlyNevada Internal

Barriers

Standard I/OWith

Barriers

Discrete TMRI/O WithBarriers

Bussed TMRI/O WithBarriers

3300 5 and 8 mm7200 5 and 8 mm

200 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 192 mV/mil 200 mV/mil 199 mV/mil

7200 11 mm 100 mV/mil * * * *7200 14 mm 100 mV/mil * * * *3300 16 mm HTPS 100 mV/mil * * * *

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustment allowed.

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.

OK Limits

Transducer Upper Lower Center Gap Voltage

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

3300 8 mm3300 5 mm7200 5 mm7200 8 mm

-16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 11 mm -19.65 * -3.55 * -11.60 *

7200 14 mm -16.75 * -2.75 * -9.75 *

3300 16 mmHTPS

-16.75 * -2.75 * -9.75 *

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.

Note: With Barriers includes BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)Returns the position of the Transducer Jumper on the I/O Module. Refer toSection 4.1 (Setting the I/O Jumper) for the function of this jumper.

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active, it will remain active even after the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level. The channel will remain in alarm untilit is reset using one of the following methods:

- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

Page 56: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

50

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active, it will go inactive as soon as the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level.

Alert should be the first level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal levelexceeds the selected value. Danger should be the second level alarm thatoccurs when the transducer signal level exceeds the selected value. The Alertand Danger values are set on the Setpoint screen.

BarriersSelect the MTL 796(-) Zener External option, or Galvanic Isolators if external safetybarriers are connected between the monitor and the transducer. If using an InternalBarrier I/O Module, select the internal option. These devices are used to restrict theamount of energy that can flow into a hazardous area.

OK ModeLatchingIf a channel is configured for Latching OK, once the channel has gone not OKthe status stays not OK until a reset is issued. Reset a latched not OK by usingone of the following methods:

- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

NonlatchingIf a channel is configured for Nonlatching OK, the OK status of that channel willtrack the defined OK status of the transducer.

Timed OK Channel DefeatAn option that prevents a channel from returning to an OK status until that channel'stransducer has remained in an OK state for the specified period of time. If the optionis enabled, the time is set to 60 seconds. The option protects against false tripscaused by intermittent transducers.

3.1.6 Acceleration Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Acceleration Channel.

3.1.6.1 Acceleration Channel Configuration ConsiderationsConsider the following items before configuring an Acceleration Channel:

- The "No Keyphasor" option is automatically selected for this channel type. NoKeyphasors are required.

- The Acceleration Direct full-scale range is dependent upon the transducer type.

- Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example, Channels 1 and 2 may

Page 57: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

51

be configured as Acceleration and Channels 3 and 4 may be configured asRadial Vibration).

- When a full-scale range is modified, the setpoints associated with this proportionalvalue should be readjusted.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1 voltfrom the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

- When integration is selected, the available Direct Full-scale ranges will change toreflect this.

- When band-pass filtering is selected, the high-pass and low-pass filters must be seta minimum of two octaves apart.

- When two channels of acceleration are activated, the maximum channel frequencysupported is as shown:

Dual Channel Configuration Settings**Frequencies Filtering RMS Integration3 to 30 kHz No No No

10 to 30 kHz No Yes No3 to 9115 Hz Yes No No

10 to 9115 Hz --- --- Yes10 to 9115 Hz Yes Yes No

** Three dashes represent both yes and no

- When a single channel of acceleration is activated, the maximum channelfrequency supported is as shown:

Single Channel Configuration Settings**Frequencies Filtering RMS Integration3 to 30 kHz --- No No

10 to 30 kHz --- Yes No3 to 9115 Hz --- --- Yes

** Three dashes represent both yes and no

- The Latching OK Mode and the Timed OK Channel Defeat options are notcompatible.

- Internal Barrier I/O Modules and External Barriers are not supported with highfrequency accelerometer transducers.

- Only 18 high frequency accelerometer transducers can be installed along with a fullrack of standard transducers. This is due to the fact that the rack can only power18 high frequency Accelerometer transducers.

Page 58: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

52

3.1.6.2 Acceleration Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Acceleration Channelconfiguration screen.

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button in the Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Customchannel configuration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration datais stored in a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification filesfollow the naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located inthe \3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Page 59: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

53

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (1 through 4).

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard orTMR).

Channel Frequency SupportSupported frequency range of the selected transducer depends upon the number ofchannels selected. See 3.1.6.1 (Acceleration Channel ConfigurationConsiderations).

EnableDirectMachine data using accelerometers for the transducer inputs and generally usedfor high frequency measurements. The signal will be changed if filtering isselected (High-pass, Low-pass or High-pass and Low-pass selected).

Page 60: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

54

Direct Full Scale Ranges by transducer type

23733-03 Std AccelerationInterface Module24145-02 Hi FreqAcceleration InterfaceModule330400 Std IntegralAccelerometerNonstandard

49578-01 Std AccelerationInterface Module155023-01 Hi FreqAcceleration InterfaceModule

330425 Std IntegralAccelerometer

0-2 g pk0-5 g pk0-10 g pk0-20 g pk0-25 g pk (23733-03 andNonstandard Only)0-40 g pk (23733-03 andNonstandard Only)0-45 g pk (23733-03 andNonstandard Only)0-2 g rms0-5 g rms0-10 g rms0-20 g rms (Not 24145-02)0-20 m/s2 pk0-50 m/s2 pk0-100 m/s2 pk0-200 m/s2 pk0-250 m/s2 pk (23733-03 andNonstandard Only)0-400 m/s2 pk (23733-03 andNonstandard Only)0-450 m/s2 pk (NonstandardOnly)0-20 m/s2 rms0-50 m/s2 rms0-100 m/s2 rms0-200 m/s2 rms (Not 24145-02)Custom

0-20 g pk (49578-01 Only)0-25 g pk (49578-01 Only)0-40 g pk (49578-01 Only)0-50 g pk (49578-01 Only)0-20 g rms0-25 g rms0-40 g rms0-50 g rms0-20 m/s2 rms (49578-01Only)0-50 m/s2 rms (49578-01Only)0-100 m/s2 rms (49578-01Only)0-200 m/s2 rms0-250 m/s2 rms0-400 m/s2 rms0-500 m/s2 rms0-20 m/s2 pk (49578-01Only)0-50 m/s2 pk (49578-01Only)0-100 m/s2 pk (49578-01Only)0-200 m/s2 pk (49578-01Only)0-250 m/s2 pk (49578-01Only)0-400 m/s2 pk (49578-01Only)0-500 m/s2 pk (49578-01Only)Custom

0-20 g pk0-25 g pk0-40 g pk0-50 g pk0-20 g rms0-25 g rms0-40 g rms0-50 g rms0-20 m/s2 pk0-50 m/s2 pk0-100 m/s2 pk0-200 m/s2 pk0-250 m/s2 pk0-400 m/s2 pk0-500 m/s2 pk0-20 m/s2 rms0-50 m/s2 rms0-100 m/s2 rms0-200 m/s2 rms0-250 m/s2 rms0-400 m/s2 rmsCustom

Page 61: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

55

IntegrateWhen Integrate is enabled, the Direct Full-scale range selections change to thefollowing:

Direct values (Integrated) by transducer types

23733-02 Std Acceleration InterfaceModule24145-02 Hi Freq Acceleration InterfaceModule330400 Std Integral AccelerometerNonstandard

49578-01 Std Acceleration InterfaceModule155023-01 Hi Freq Acceleration InterfaceModule330425 Std Integral Accelerometer

0-1 in/s pk0-2 in/s pk0-1 in/s rms0-2 in/s rms0-25 mm/s pk0-50 mm/s pk0-100 mm/s pk (Not 330400)0-25 mm/s rms0-50 mm/s rmsCustom

0-2 in/s pk (Not 155023-01)0-2 in/s rms (Not 155023-01)0-100 mm/s pk (Not 155023-01)0-100 mm/s rms

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is bypassed or defeated (for example when a problem occurs with thetransducer). The selected value can be between the minimum and maximumfull-scale range values. Only the values available from the Recorder Outputs,Communication Gateway and Display Interface Module are clamped to thespecified value when the proportional value is invalid.

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full-scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.If the channel is Bypassed, the output will be clamped to the current proportionalto the selected clamp value or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

Page 62: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

56

Corner FrequenciesHigh-pass Filter

A four-pole filter that must be at least two octaves away from the Low-pass Filter.HPF = High-pass Filter; LPF = Low-pass Filter

HPF ≤ ( LPF / 4 )

Low-pass FilterA four-pole filter that must be at least two octaves away from the High-passFilter.

HPF = High-pass Filter; LPF = Low-pass Filter

LPF ≥ ( HPF * 4 )

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an alarm level oroutside an acceptance region before an alarm is declared as active.

AlertFirst level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected value. The Alert time delay is always set at one second intervals for allavailable proportional values.

DangerSecond level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected value.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:

If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals.- The Danger time delay can be set for all available proportional values.

If the 100 ms option is on ():- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional value.

Trip MultiplyThe value selected to temporarily increase the alarm (Alert and Danger) setpointvalues. This value is normally applied by manual (operator) action during startup toallow a machine to pass through high vibration speed ranges without monitor alarmindications. Such high vibration speed ranges may include system resonances andother normal transient vibrations.

Page 63: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

57

Transducer SelectionThe following transducer types are available for the Acceleration Channel (non-barrier I/O module):

23733-03 Std Acceleration Interface Module24145-02 Hi Freq Acceleration Interface Module330400 Std Integral Accelerometer330425 Std Integral Accelerometer49578-01 Std Acceleration Interface Module155023-01 Hi Freq Acceleration Interface ModuleNonstandard

The following transducer types are available for the Acceleration Channel (barrierI/O module):

23733-03 Std Acceleration Interface Module330400 Std Integral Accelerometer330425 Std Integral Accelerometer49578-01 Std Acceleration Interface ModuleNonstandard

Page 64: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

58

Customize buttonUsed to adjust the Scale Factor for standard transducers. If Non-standard isselected as the transducer type, the Scale Factor and the OK Limits can beadjusted. The Non-standard transducer's scale factor must be between 21.2 and115 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2 volts between the Upper and LowerOK Limits.

Page 65: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

59

Transducer Scale FactorWithoutBarriers

With BentlyNevada Internal

Barriers

Standard I/OWith

Barriers

Discrete TMRI/O WithBarriers

Bussed TMRI/O WithBarriers

23733-03 100 mV/g 100 mV/g 95.6mV/g 100 mV/g 99.4 mV/g24145-02 100 mV/g * * * *330400 100 mV/g 100 mV/g 95.6mV/g 95.6 mV/g 95.6 mV/g330425 25 mV/g 25 mV/g 23.9mV/g 23.9 mV/g 23.9 mV/g49578-01 25 mV/g 25 mV/g 23.9mV/g 25 mV/g 24.9 mV/g155023-01 25 mV/g * * * *

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustment allowed.

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.

OK Limits

Upper Lower Center Gap Voltage

Transducer WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

23733-03 -15.05 -13.85

-15.05 †-2.75 -3.10

-2.75 †-8.90 -8.475

-8.90 †

24145-02 -15.05 * -2.75 * -8.90 *

330400 -15.05 -13.85

-15.05 †-2.75 -3.10

-2.75 †-8.90 -8.475

-8.90 †

330425 -11.37 -10.86

-11.37 †-5.63 -5.34

-5.63 †-8.50 -8.10

-8.50 †

49578-01 -11.37 -10.86

-11.37 †-5.63 -5.34

-5.63 †-8.50 -8.10

-8.50 †

155023-01 -11.37 * -5.63 * -8.50 *

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.† BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)Returns the position of the Transducer Jumper on the I/O Module. Refer toSection 4.1 (Setting the I/O Jumper)for the function of this jumper.

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active, it will remain active even after the proportional value isno longer in alarm. The alarm state will continue until the channel is reset. SeePage 49.

Page 66: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

60

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active, it will go inactive as soon as the proportional value is nolonger in alarm.

Alert is the first level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceedsthe selected value. Danger is the second level alarm that occurs when thetransducer signal level exceeds the selected value. The Alert and Danger valuesare set on the Setpoint screen.

BarriersSelect the MTL 796(-) Zener External option, or Galvanic Isolators if externalsafety barriers are connected between the monitor and the transducer. If usingan Internal Barrier I/O Module, select the internal option. These devices areused to restrict the amount of energy that can flow into a hazardous area.

OK ModeLatchingIf a channel is configured for Latching OK, once the channel has gone notOK the status stays not OK until a reset is issued. See page 50.

NonlatchingIf a channel is configured for Nonlatching OK, the OK status of thatchannel will track the defined OK status of the transducer.

Timed OK Channel DefeatAn option that prevents a channel from returning to an OK status until that channel'stransducer has remained in an OK state for the specified period of time. If the optionis enabled, the time is set to 30 seconds. This option prevents false trips caused byintermittent transducers.

3.1.7 Velocity Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Velocity Channel.

3.1.7.1 Velocity Channel Configuration ConsiderationsConsider the following items before configuring a Velocity Channel:

- The Velocity Direct full-scale range is dependent upon the transducer type.

- Seismoprobes are not supported with Prox/Velom I/O modules.

- The "No Keyphasor" option is automatically selected for this channel type. NoKeyphasors are required.

- The Velocity Direct full-scale range is dependent upon the transducer type.

- When a full-scale range is modified, readjust the setpoints associated with thisproportional value.

Page 67: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

61

- Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example, Channels 1 and 2 maybe configured as Velocity and Channels 3 and 4 may be configured as ThrustPosition).

- When integration is selected, the available Direct Full-scale Ranges will change toreflect this.

- When band-pass filtering is selected, the high-pass and low-pass filters must be seta minimum of a decade apart.

- The 100ms danger alarm is only available for the Velomitor and High TemperatureVelomitor options.

- When a single or dual channel of velocity is activated, the maximum channelfrequency supported is as shown:

Configuration SettingsChannelFrequencies Filtering RMS Integration3 to 5500 Hz --- No ---10 to 5500 Hz --- Yes ---

** dashes represent both yes and no - The Latching OK Mode and the Timed OK Channel Defeat options are not

compatible.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1 voltfrom the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

- If the monitor is configured to alarm on high velocity conditions on a reciprocatingmachine, it is recommended that you disable the Timed OK/Channel Defeatoption.

Page 68: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

62

3.1.7.2 Velocity Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Velocity Channel configurationscreen.

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button in the Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Customchannel configuration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration datais stored in a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification filesfollow the naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located inthe \3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (1 through 4).

Page 69: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

63

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard orTMR).

Channel Frequency SupportSupported frequency range of the selected transducer which depends upon thenumber of channels selected. See 3.1.7.1 (Velocity Channel ConfigurationConsiderations).

EnableDirectThe time rate of change of the displacement. When Integration is selected ityields a peak to peak measurement of the displacement.

The Direct values are available for all transducer types.

Direct

0-0.5 in/s pk0-1 in/s pk0-2 in/s pk0 - 0.5 in/s rms0-1 in/s rms0-2 in/s rms0-10 mm/s pk0-20 mm/s pk0-50 mm/s pk0-10 mm/s rms0-20 mm/s rms0-50 mm/s rmsCustom

Page 70: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

64

IntegrateWhen Integrate is enabled, the Direct Full-scale Range selections change to thefollowing:

The Direct values (Integrated) are available for all transducer types.

Full-scale Range –Direct

0-5 mil pp0-10 mil pp0-20 mil pp0-100 µm pp0-200 µm pp0-500 µm ppCustom

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is bypassed or defeated (for example a problem with the monitor). Theselected value can be between the minimum and maximum full-scale rangevalues. Only the values available from the Recorder Outputs, CommunicationGateway and Display Interface Module are clamped to the specified value whenthe proportional value is invalid.

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full-scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.If the channel is bypassed, the output will be clamped to the selected clampvalue or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

Corner FrequenciesHigh-pass FilterA four-pole filter that must be at least a factor of 5.7 times away from the Low-pass Filter.

HPF = High-pass Filter; LPF = Low-pass Filter

HPF ≤ ( LPF / 5.7 )

Low-pass FilterA four-pole filter that must be at least a factor of 5.7 times away from the High-pass Filter.

HPF = High-pass Filter; LPF = Low-pass Filter

LPF ≥ ( HPF * 5.7 )

Page 71: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

65

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an alarm level oroutside an acceptance region before an alarm is declared as active.

AlertFirst level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected value. The Alert time delay is always set at one second intervals for allavailable proportional values.

DangerSecond level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected value.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:

If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals.- The Danger time delay can be set for all available proportional values.

If the 100 ms option is on ():- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional

value.

Trip MultiplyThe value selected to temporarily increase the alarm (Alert and Danger) setpointvalues. This value is normally applied by manual (operator) action during startup toallow a machine to pass through high vibration speed ranges without monitor alarmindications. Such high vibration speed ranges may include system resonances andother normal transient vibrations.

Transducer SelectionThe following transducer types are available for the Velocity Channel (non-barrierI/O module):

9200 2-wire Seismoprobe (Prox/Seis I/O only)47633 2-wire Seismoprobe (Prox/Seis I/O only)86205 2-wire Seismoprobe (Prox/Seis I/O only)Nonstandard 2-wire Seismoprobe (Prox/Seis I/O only)VelomitorHigh Temperature Velomitor (Prox/Velom I/O only)Nonstandard

The following transducer types are available for the Velocity Channel (barrier I/Omodule):

VelomitorHigh Temperature VelomitorNonstandard

Page 72: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

66

Customize buttonUsed to adjust the Scale Factor for standard transducers. If Non-standard isselected as the transducer type, the Scale Factor and the OK Limits can beadjusted. The Non-standard transducer's scale factor must be between 90 and575 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2 volts between the Upper and LowerOK Limits.

Page 73: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

67

Scale Factor

Transducer Without Barriers With BNC InternalBarriers

With Barriers

9200 500 mV/(in/s) * 500 mV/(in/s)47633 490 mV/(in/s) * 490 mV/(in/s)86205 477 mV/(in/s) * 477 mV/(in/s)Nonstandard 2 wire 145 mV/(in/s) * 145 mV/(in/s)Velomitor 100 mV/(in/s) 100 mV/(in/s) 100 mV/(in/s)High TemperatureVelomitor

145 mV/(in/s) 145 mV/(in/s) 145 mV/(in/s)

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustment allowed.

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.

OK Limits

Transducer Upper Lower Center Gap Voltage

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

WithoutBarriers

(V)

WithBarriers

(V)

9200 -17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

47633 -17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

86205 -17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

NonStandard -17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

Velomitor -19.85 -17.95

-19.85 †-4.15 -2.05

-4.15 †-12.00 -10.00

-12.00 †

HighTemperatureVelomitor

-21.26 -21.26 -2.74 -2.74 -12.00 -12.00

* Barriers are not supported with this transducer option.† BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)Returns the position of the Transducer Jumper on the Proximitor/Seismic I/OModule. Refer to Section 4.1 (Setting the I/O Jumper) for the function of thisjumper.

Take Input From Channel A (1 or 3) TransducerThe Channel B (2 or 4) Velocity channel options screen has an extra control that appears justabove the transducer type list box (see figure below). It is the Take Input from Channel ATransducer checkbox. When checked (), the channel pair uses Dual Path Input. That is,input from the first channel (1 or 3) is used for both channels in the pair. The transducer input,barrier, OK Mode, and Timed OK Channel Defeat input from channel A will be copied to thesecond channel (2 or 4) in the channel pair.

Page 74: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

68

Velocity Channel Options Screen for Channel B

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active it will remain active even after the proportional value isno longer in alarm. The alarm state will continue until the channel is reset. SeePage 49.

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active, it will go inactive as soon as the proportional value is nolonger in alarm.

Alert is the first level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceedsthe selected value. Danger is the second level alarm that occurs when thetransducer signal level exceeds the selected value. The Alert and Danger valuesare set on the Setpoint screen.

BarriersFor Seismoprobes, select the MTL 764(-) Zener External option if external safetybarriers are connected between the monitor and the transducer. For Velomitor,select the MTL 787(-) Zener External option if external safety barriers are beingused. If using an Internal Barrier I/O Module for Velomitor, select the internal option.These devices are used to restrict the amount of energy that can flow into ahazardous area.

Page 75: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

69

OK ModeLatchingIf a channel is configured for Latching OK, once the channel has gone not OK,the status stays not OK until a reset is issued. See page 50.

NonlatchingIf a channel is configured for Nonlatching OK, the OK status of that channel willtrack the defined OK status of the transducer.

Timed OK Channel DefeatAn option that prevents a channel from returning to an OK status until that channel'stransducer has remained in an OK state for the specified period of time. If the optionis enabled, the time is set to 30 seconds. This option prevents false trips caused byintermittent transducers.

3.1.8 Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channel.

3.1.8.1 Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channel Configuration Considerations

Consider the following items before configuring a Shaft Absolute Radial VibrationChannel:

- The Shaft Absolute Velocity channel type and the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibrationchannel type are configured in channel pairs, but the association of the particularshaft absolute proximity and velocity transducers is according to Group 1(channels 1 and 3) and Group 2 (channels 2 and 4).

- When "No Keyphasor" is selected, the 1X Amplitude (Ampl) and Phase Lag can notbe selected.

- If a Keyphasor channel is selected, a Keyphasor Module must be installed in therack.

- The full scale options allowed for each proportional value is dependent upon thetransducer type.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1 voltfrom the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

- Setpoints may only be set on proportional values which are enabled.

- Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example, when channels 1 and 2are configured as Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration, Channels 3 and 4 must beconfigured as Shaft Absolute Velocity).

- When a full-scale range is modified, the setpoints associated with this proportionalvalue should be readjusted.

Page 76: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

70

- It is best to set the Scale Factor value and the Trip Multiply value before the ZeroPosition value.

3.1.8.2 Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Shaft Absolute Radial VibrationChannel configuration screen.

Timed OK Channel DefeatThis prevents a channel from returning to an OK status until that channel'stransducer has remained in an OK state for 30 seconds. This feature is alwaysenabled in the Radial Vibration Channels. The option protects against false tripscaused by intermittent transducers.

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Custom channelconfiguration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration data is storedin a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification files followthe naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located in the\3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Page 77: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

71

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (1 or 2).

GroupThe association of channels which derive the shaft absolute signal. Group 1consists of channels 1 and 3, Group 2 consists of channels 2 and 4.

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard orTMR).

EnableAn enabled proportional value specifies that the value will be provided by thechannel ( enabled, disabled).

DirectData which represents the overall peak to peak vibration. All frequencies withinthe selected Direct Frequency Response are included in this proportional value.

GapThe physical distance between the face of a proximity probe tip and the observedsurface. The distance can be expressed in terms of displacement (mils,micrometres) or in terms of voltage. Standard polarity convention dictates that adecreasing gap results in an increasing (less negative) output signal.

1X AmplIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the amplitude component that occursat the rotative speed frequency.

1X Phase LagIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the phase lag component that occursat the rotative speed frequency.

Full Scale Range

Each selectable proportional value provides the ability to set a full scale value. If thedesired full scale value is not in the pull down list, then the custom selection can bechosen.

Page 78: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

72

The values in the following table are the same for all transducer types.

Direct1X Ampl

0-5 mil pp0-10 mil pp0-15 mil pp0-20 mil pp0-100 µm pp0-150 µm pp0-200 µm pp0-400 µm pp0-500 µm ppCustom

Gap Full Scale Ranges by transducer type

3300–5 mm Proximitor3300–8 mm Proximitor7200–5 mm Proximitor7200–8 mm Proximitor

7200–11 mm Proximitor7200–14 mm ProximitorNonstandard

-24 Vdc15-0-15 mil25-0-25 mil300-0-300 µm600-0-600 µmCustom

-24 Vdc15-0-15 mil25-0-25 mil50-0-50 mil300-0-300 µm600-0-600 µm1000-0-1000 µmCustom

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is bypassed or defeated (For example when a problem occurs with thetransducer). The selected value can be between the minimum and maximumfull-scale range values. (1X Phase Lag has available values of 0 to 359degrees.) Only the values available from the Recorder Outputs, CommunicationGateway and Display Interface Module are clamped to the specified value whenthe proportional value is invalid.

Page 79: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

73

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.

If 1X Phase Lag is selected then the two options available are with and withoutHysteresis. If the channel is Bypassed, the output will be clamped to theselected clamp value or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

The Hysteresis option helps prevent the Recorder Output from jumping from Fullto Bottom Scale when the phase measurement is near 0 or 359 degrees. Whenthe Hysteresis option is checked, the recorder signal operates as follows:

- The recorder output is scaled such that 4 mA corresponds to 0 degrees and 20mA corresponds to 380 degrees (360 plus 20 degrees).

- The transition of a phase measurement that is increasing does not occur untilthe measurement has gone 20 degrees past 360 degrees. At this point, therecorder signal switches from 20 mA to a signal that corresponds to 20degrees or 4.842 mA.

- The transition of a phase measurement that is decreasing occurs at 0 degrees(4 mA). At this point, the recorder signal switches from 4 mA to a signal thatcorresponds to 360 degrees or 19.158 mA.

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an over alarm level orbelow an under alarm level before an alarm is declared as active.

AlertFirst level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpoint screen.The Alert time delay is always set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60) for allavailable proportional values.

DangerSecond level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint. This setpoint can be set on the Setpointscreen.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:

If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals (from 1 to 60).- The Danger time delay can be set for up to two available proportional

values.

If the 100 ms option is on ():

Page 80: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

74

- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional value.

Zero Position (Gap)Represents the zero position (in volts) when the gap scale is to read the engineeringunits of displacement. To ensure maximum amount of zero adjustment, the probeshould be gapped as close as possible to the center gap voltage specified in the OKLimit table. This field is not available for Voltage Gap Scale.

Adjust ButtonAdjust the Zero Position voltage. When this button is clicked, a utility starts thathelps you set the gap zero position voltage. Since this utility provides activefeedback from the 3500 rack, a connection with the rack is required. Refer toSection 5.2 (Adjusting the Scale Factor and the Zero Position).

Trip MultiplyThe value selected to temporarily increase the alarm (Alert and Danger) setpointvalues. This value is normally applied by manual (operator) action during startup toallow a machine to pass through high vibration speed ranges without monitor alarmindications. Such high vibration speed ranges may include system resonances andother normal transient vibrations.

Direct Frequency ResponseThe upper and lower corners for the band-pass filter used with direct vibrationmeasurements. The available ranges are 240 to 240,000 cpm and 60 to 36,000cpm.

Transducer SelectionThe following transducer types are available for the Shaft Absolute Radial VibrationChannel:

3300 – 5 mm Proximitor3300 – 8 mm Proximitor3300XL – 8 mm Proximitor7200 – 5 mm Proximitor7200 – 8 mm Proximitor7200 – 11 mm Proximitor7200 – 14 mm ProximitorNonstandard

Page 81: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

75

Customize button

Used to adjust the Scale Factor for transducers. If Non-standard is selected as thetransducer type, the OK Limits can also be adjusted. The Non-standard transducer'sscale factor must be between 85 and 230 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2volts between the Upper and Lower OK Limits.

Transducer Scale Factor

3300 5 and 8 mm7200 5 and 8 mm

200 mV/mil200 mV/mil

7200 11 mm 100 mV/mil7200 14 mm 100 mV/mil

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustmentallowed.

* Barriers are not supported with thistransducer option.

Page 82: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

76

OK Limits

Transducer Upper (V) Lower (V) Center Gap Voltage (V)

3300 8 mm3300XL 8 mm3300 5 mm7200 5 mm7200 8 mm

-16.75

-16.75

-16.75

-16.75

-2.75

-2.75

-2.75

-2.75

-9.75

-9.75

-9.75

-9.75

7200 11 mm -19.65 -3.55 -11.6

7200 14 mm -16.75 -2.75 -9.75

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)

The jumper position on the Shaft Absolute I/O module applies to the Shaft AbsoluteVelocity channel pair with channels 3 and 4. For Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration thejumper status does not apply. Refer to Section 4.1(Setting the I/O Jumper)for thefunction of this jumper.

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active it will remain active even after the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level. The channel will remain in alarm untilit is reset using one of the following methods:

- the reset switch on the front of the Rack Interface Module- the contact on the Rack Interface I/O Module- the Reset button in the Operator Display Software- the reset command through the Communication Gateway Module- the reset command through the Display Interface Module- the reset command in the Rack Configuration Software

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active it will go inactive as soon as the proportional valuedrops below the configured setpoint level.

Alert should be the first level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal levelexceeds the selected value. Danger should be the second level alarm thatoccurs when the transducer signal level exceeds the selected value. The Alertand Danger values are set on the Setpoint screen.

Page 83: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

77

Transducer OrientationDegreesThe location of the transducer on the machine. The range for orientation angle is0 to 180 degrees left or right as observed from the driver to the driven end of themachine train. Refer to the following figure:

This drawing is for horizontal shafts.

3.1.9 Shaft Absolute Velocity Channel OptionsThis section discusses the Configuration Considerations and the Rack ConfigurationSoftware screens associated with the Shaft Absolute Velocity Channel.

3.1.9.1 Shaft Absolute Velocity Channel Configuration ConsiderationsConsider the following items before configuring a Shaft Absolute Velocity Channel:

- The Shaft Absolute Direct PPL will become invalid when either of the associatedradial vibration or velocity transducers become not-OK.

- The Shaft Absolute Direct PPL is the primary PPL used in the Shaft AbsoluteVelocity channel.

- The Shaft Absolute Velocity channel type and the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibrationchannel type are configured in channel pairs, but the association of the particularshaft absolute proximity and velocity transducers is according to Group 1(channels 1 and 3) and Group 2 (channels 2 and 4).

- The Shaft Absolute Direct PPL is the vector summation the Shaft Absolute VelocityDirect and the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Direct signals.

driver end

180°

90° right90° left

driven endshaft

Page 84: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

78

- The jumper selection on the I/O modules must match the velocity transducerselected in the Rack Configuration Software.

- When "No Keyphasor" is selected, the 1X Amplitude (Ampl) and Phase Lag can notbe selected.

- If a Keyphasor channel is selected, a Keyphasor Module must be installed in therack.

- When a full-scale range is modified, readjust the setpoints associated with thisproportional value.

- Monitors must be configured in channel pairs (for example, when channels 1 and 2are configured as Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration, channels 3 and 4 must beconfigured as Shaft Absolute Velocity).

-When integration is selected, the available Direct Full-scale Ranges will change toreflect this. 1X Amplitude always displays in displacement units.

- The minimum machine speed supported by the 1X vector filtering is 4 Hz.

- When band-pass filtering is selected, the high-pass and low-pass filters must be seta minimum of a decade apart.

- The 100ms danger alarm is only available for the Velomitor and High TemperatureVelomitor options.

- The maximum channel frequency supported is 1 Hz to 4000 Hz.

- The Latching OK Mode and the Timed OK Channel Defeat options are notcompatible.

- The Shaft Absolute Direct PPL will operate on the combined Timed OK ChannelDefeat options of the radial vibration and velocity channels.

- If a Non-Standard transducer is selected, the setpoint OK limits are set to ±1 voltfrom the Upper and Lower OK limits that are selected.

- If the monitor is configured to alarm on high velocity conditions on a reciprocatingmachine, it is recommended that you disable the Timed OK/Channel Defeatoption.

Page 85: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

79

3.1.9.2 Shaft Absolute Velocity Channel Configuration OptionsThis section describes the options available on the Shaft Absolute Velocity Channelconfiguration screen.

CP ModSelecting the CP Mod button in the Channel Options Dialog Box, allows a Customchannel configuration to be downloaded to the monitor. Custom configuration datais stored in a Custom Products Modification File. Custom Products Modification filesfollow the naming convention <modification #.mod>. These files must be located inthe \3500\Rackcfg\Mods\ directory. When a CP Mod file is selected, a window isdisplayed which describes the function of the modification. CP Mod files areavailable through Bently Nevada's Custom Products Division. Contact your localBently Nevada Sales Representative for details.

Page 86: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

80

Reference InformationThese fields contain information that indicates which module you are configuring.

ChannelThe number of the channel being configured (3 or 4).

GroupThe association of channels which derive the shaft absolute signal. Group 1consists of channels 1 and 3, Group 2 consists of channels 2 and 4.

SlotThe location of the monitor in the 3500 rack (2 through 15).

Rack TypeIdentifies the type of Rack Interface Module installed in the rack (Standard orTMR).

Channel Frequency SupportSupported frequency range of the selected transducer.

Enable

Shaft Absolute DirectData which represents the overall peak to peak vibration of the Shaft Absolutesignal. The Shaft Absolute signal is the vector summation of the correspondingshaft relative proximitor (channel 1 or 2) and the bearing absolute integratedvelocity (channel 3 or 4) signals. All frequencies within the selected ShaftAbsolute Direct Frequency Response are included in this proportional value.

1X AmplIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the amplitude component that occursat the rotative speed frequency.

1X Phase LagIn a complex vibration signal, notation for the phase lag component that occursat the rotative speed frequency.

Page 87: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

81

Full Scale Range

Each selectable proportional value provides the ability to set a full scale value. If thedesired full scale value is not in the pull down list, then the custom selection can bechosen.

The values in the following table are the same for all transducer types.

Shaft Absolute DirectShaft Absolute 1XAmpl1X Ampl

0-5 mil pp0-10 mil pp0-15 mil pp0-20 mil pp0-150 µm pp0-250 µm pp0-400 µm pp0-500 µm ppCustom

Direct (Velocity)

The time rate of change of the displacement. When Integration is selected ityields a peak to peak measurement of the displacement.

The Direct values are available for all transducer types.

Direct

0-0.5 in/s pk0-1 in/s pk0-2 in/s pk0-10 mm/s pk0-20 mm/s pk0-50 mm/s pkCustom

Page 88: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

82

IntegrateWhen Integrate is enabled, the Direct Full-scale Range selections change to thefollowing:

The Direct values (Integrated) are available for all transducer types.

Full-scale Range –Direct

0-5 mil pp0-10 mil pp0-20 mil pp0-100 µm pp0-200 µm pp0-500 µm ppCustom

Clamp ValueThe value that a proportional value goes to when that channel or proportionalvalue is bypassed or defeated (for example a problem with the monitor). Theselected value can be between the minimum and maximum full-scale rangevalues. Only the values available from the Recorder Outputs, CommunicationGateway and Display Interface Module are clamped to the specified value whenthe proportional value is invalid.

Recorder OutputThe proportional value of a channel that is sent to the 4 to 20 mA recorder. Therecorder output is proportional to the measured value over the channel full-scalerange. An increase in the proportional value that would be indicated as upscaleon a bar graph display results in an increase in the current at the recorder output.If the channel is bypassed, the output will be clamped to the selected clampvalue or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

If 1X Phase Lag is selected then the two options available are with and withoutHysteresis. If the channel is Bypassed, the output will be clamped to theselected clamp value or to 2 mA (if the 2 mA clamp is selected).

The Hysteresis option helps prevent the Recorder Output from jumping from Fullto Bottom Scale when the phase measurement is near 0 or 359 degrees. Whenthe Hysteresis option is checked, the recorder signal operates as follows:

- The recorder output is scaled such that 4 mA corresponds to 0 degrees and 20mA corresponds to 380 degrees (360 plus 20 degrees).

- The transition of a phase measurement that is increasing does not occur untilthe measurement has gone 20 degrees past 360 degrees. At this point, therecorder signal switches from 20 mA to a signal that corresponds to 20degrees or 4.842 mA.

Page 89: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

83

- The transition of a phase measurement that is decreasing occurs at 0 degrees(4 mA). At this point, the recorder signal switches from 4 mA to a signal thatcorresponds to 360 degrees or 19.158 mA.

Corner Frequencies

High-pass FilterA two-pole filter that must be at least a factor of 5.7 times away from the Low-pass Filter.

HPF = High-pass Filter; LPF = Low-pass Filter

HPF ≤ ( LPF / 5.7 )

Recommended high-pass filter setting: A minimum of two octaves below thetypical machine speed. For example: Machine speed = 3600 RPM = 60 Hz

HPF ≤ ((60 / 2) / 2) = 15 Hz

Low-pass FilterA four-pole filter that must be at least a factor of 5.7 times away from the High-pass Filter.

HPF = High-pass Filter; LPF = Low-pass Filter

LPF ≥ ( HPF * 5.7 )

Page 90: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

84

DelayThe time which a proportional value must remain at or above an alarm level oroutside an acceptance region before an alarm is declared as active.

AlertFirst level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected value. The Alert time delay is always set at one second intervals for allavailable proportional values.

DangerSecond level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceeds theselected value.

100 ms optionThe 100 ms (typical) option applies to the Danger time delay only and has thefollowing results:

If the 100 ms option is off ():- The Danger time delay can be set at one second intervals.- The Danger time delay can be set for all available proportional values.

If the 100 ms option is on ():- The Danger time delay is set to 100 ms.- The Danger time delay can only be set for the primary proportional

value.

Trip MultiplyThe value selected to temporarily increase the alarm (Alert and Danger) setpointvalues. This value is normally applied by manual (operator) action during startup toallow a machine to pass through high vibration speed ranges without monitor alarmindications. Such high vibration speed ranges may include system resonances andother normal transient vibrations.

Transducer SelectionThe following transducer types are available for the Shaft Absolute VelocityChannel:

9200 2-wire Seismoprobe74712 High Temperature 2-wire SeismoprobeNonstandard 2-wire SeismoprobeVelomitorHigh Temperature VelomitorNonstandard

Page 91: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

85

Customize buttonUsed to adjust the Scale Factor for standard transducers. If Non-standard isselected as the transducer type, the Scale Factor and the OK Limits can beadjusted. The Non-standard transducer's scale factor must be between 90 and575 mV/mil. Also, there must be at least 2 volts between the Upper and LowerOK Limits.

Transducer Scale Factor

9200 500 mV/(in/s)74712 500 mV/(in/s)Nonstandard 2 wire 145 mV/(in/s)Velomitor 100 mV/(in/s)High Temperature Velomitor 145 mV/(in/s)

Note: ±15 % scale factor adjustment allowed.

OK Limits

Transducer Upper Lower Center GapVoltage

9200 -17.95 -2.05 -10.00

74712 -17.95 -2.05 -10.00

NonStandard -17.95 -2.05 -10.00

Velomitor -19.85 -4.15 -12.00

High TemperatureVelomitor

-21.26 -2.74 -12.00

Page 92: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

86

Transducer Jumper Status (on I/O Module)Returns the position of the Transducer Jumper on the Shaft Absolute I/O Module.Refer to Section 4.1 (Setting the I/O Jumper) for the function of this jumper.

Alarm ModeLatchingOnce an alarm is active it will remain active even after the proportional value isno longer in alarm. The alarm state will continue until the channel is reset. SeePage 49.

NonlatchingWhen an alarm is active, it will go inactive as soon as the proportional value is nolonger in alarm.

Alert is the first level alarm that occurs when the transducer signal level exceedsthe selected value. Danger is the second level alarm that occurs when thetransducer signal level exceeds the selected value. The Alert and Danger valuesare set on the Setpoint screen.

OK ModeLatchingIf a channel is configured for Latching OK, once the channel has gone not OK,the status stays not OK until a reset is issued. See page 50.

NonlatchingIf a channel is configured for Nonlatching OK, the OK status of that channel willtrack the defined OK status of the transducer.

Timed OK Channel DefeatAn option that prevents a channel from returning to an OK status until that channel'stransducer has remained in an OK state for the specified period of time. If the optionis enabled, the time is set to 30 seconds. This option prevents false trips caused byintermittent transducers.

Page 93: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

87

3.2 SetpointsThis section specifies the available setpoints for each type of channel. A setpoint isthe level within the full-scale range that determines when an alarm occurs. The3500 Monitoring System allows Alert/Alarm 1 setpoints to be set for everyproportional value on each channel. The channel will drive an Alert/Alarm 1indication if one or more of the channel proportional values exceeds its setpoints.The 3500 Monitoring System also allows up to four Danger/Alarm 2 setpoints (twoover setpoints and two under setpoints) to be set for up to two of the proportionalvalues. You may select any two of the available proportional values for the channel.

NoteThe setpoint over and under limits can only be placed within the OK limits ofthe specified transducer.

Use the following screen in the Rack Configuration Software to adjust Alert/Alarm 1and Danger/Alarm 2 setpoints. This screen will vary depending upon the type ofchannel.

Page 94: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

88

The following tables list the Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 setpoints available foreach channel pair type. The setpoint number is used in the CommunicationGateway and Display Interface Modules.

SetpointNumber

Radial Vibration Thrust Position DifferentialExpansion

1 Over Direct Over Direct Over Direct

2 Over Gap Under Direct Under Direct

3 Under Gap Over Gap Over Gap

4 Over 1X Ampl Under Gap Under Gap

5 Under 1X Ampl Danger (configurable) Danger(configurable)

6 Over 1X Phase Lag Danger (configurable) Danger(configurable)

7 Under 1X Phase Lag Danger (configurable) Danger(configurable)

8 Over 2X Ampl Danger (configurable) Danger(configurable)

9 Under 2X Ampl

10 Over 2X Phase Lag

11 Under 2X Phase Lag

12 Over Not 1X Ampl

13 Over Smax Ampl

14 Danger (configurable)

15 Danger (configurable)

16 Danger (configurable)

17 Danger (configurable)

Page 95: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

89

SetpointNumber

Eccentricity Acceleration Velocity

1 Over Peak to Peak Over Direct Over Direct

2 Over Gap Danger (Over Direct) Danger (Over Direct)

3 Under Gap

4 Over Direct Max

5 Under Direct Max

6 Over Direct Min

7 Under Direct Min

8 Danger (configurable)

9 Danger (configurable)

10 Danger (configurable)

11 Danger (configurable)

SetpointNumber

Shaft Absolute RadialVibration

Shaft Absolute Velocity

1 Over Direct Over Shaft Absolute Direct

2 Over Gap Over Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl

3 Under Gap Under Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl

4 Over 1X Ampl Over Shaft Absolute 1X Phase Lag

5 Under 1X Ampl Under Shaft Absolute 1X Phase Lag

6 Over 1X Phase Lag Over Direct

7 Under 1X Phase Lag Over 1X Ampl

8 Danger (configurable) Under 1X Ampl

9 Danger (configurable) Over 1X Phase Lag

10 Danger (configurable) Under 1X Phase Lag

11 Danger (configurable) Danger (configurable)

12 Danger (configurable)

13 Danger (configurable)

14 Danger (configurable)

Page 96: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

90

All the Alert/Alarm 1 setpoints are provided first, followed by the configureddanger setpoints.

Example 1:Radial Vibration with the Danger/Alarm 2 Over 2X Ampl setpoint and theDanger/Alarm 2 Under 2X Ampl setpoint selected.

Alert/Alarm 1 setpoints: setpoints 1 through 13Danger/Alarm 2 setpoints: setpoint 14 is Over 2X Ampl (Danger)

setpoint 15 is Under 2X Ampl (Danger)

Example 2:Thrust Position with the Danger/Alarm 2 Over Gap setpoint and theDanger/Alarm 2 Under Gap setpoint selected.

Alert/Alarm 1 setpoints: setpoints 1 through 4Danger/Alarm 2 setpoints: setpoint 5 is Over Gap (Danger)

setpoint 6 is Under Gap (Danger)

Page 97: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

91

3.3 Software SwitchesThe Proximitor/Seismic Monitor supports two module software switches and fourchannel software switches. These switches let you temporarily bypass or inhibitmonitor and channel functions. Set these switches on the Software Switchesscreen under the Utilities Option on the main screen of the Rack ConfigurationSoftware.

No changes will take effect until the Set button is pressed.

Module Switches

Configuration ModeA switch that allows the monitor to be configured. To configure the monitor,enable () this switch and set the key switch on the front of the Rack InterfaceModule in the PROGRAM position. When downloading a configuration from theRack Configuration Software, this switch will automatically be enabled anddisabled by the Rack Configuration Software. If the connection to the rack is lostduring the configuration process, use this switch to remove the module fromConfiguration Mode.

Page 98: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Configuration Information

92

Monitor Alarm Bypass

When enabled, the monitor does not perform alarming functions. All proportionalvalues are still provided. The monitor switch number is used in theCommunication Gateway and Display Interface Modules.

Monitor Switch Number Switch Name

1 Configuration Mode

3 Monitor Alarm Bypass

Channel Switches

Alert BypassWhen enabled, the channel does not perform Alert alarming functions.

Danger BypassWhen enabled, the channel does not perform Danger alarming functions.

Special Alarm InhibitWhen enabled, all nonprimary Alert alarms are inhibited.

BypassWhen enabled, the channel provides no alarming functions and supplies noproportional values.

The channel switch number is used in the Communication Gateway and DisplayInterface Modules.

Channel Switch Number Switch Name

1 Alert Bypass

2 Danger Bypass

3 Special Alarm Inhibit

4 Bypass

Page 99: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

93

4. I/O Module DescriptionsThe I/O Module receives signals from the transducers and routes the signals tothe Proximitor/Seismic Monitor. The I/O module supplies power to thetransducers. The I/O module also provides a 4 to 20 mA recorder output foreach transducer input channels. Only one I/O module can be installed at anyone time and must be installed behind the monitor (in a rack mount or panelmount rack) or above the monitor (in a Bulkhead rack).

The 3500/42M Proximitor/Seismic Monitor can operate with the following typesof I/O modules:

Internal Termination External Termination External TerminationBlock

Proximitor/Siesmic I/Omodule

Proximitor/VelomitorI/O module

Proximitor/SiesmicInternal Barrier I/Omodule

Shaft Absolute I/Omodule

Proximitor/Siesmic I/Omodule

Proximitor/VelomitorI/O module

Proximitor/SiesmicTMR I/O module

Shaft Absolute I/Omodule

Terminal stripconnectors

Euro Style connectors

This section describes how to use the connectors on the I/O modules, lists whatcables should be used, and shows the pin outs of the cables. The 3500 FieldWiring Diagram Package (part number 130432-01) shows how to connecttransducers and recorders to the I/O module or the External Termination Block.

4.1 Setting the I/O JumperThe I/O jumper on the I/O module is used to identify the type of transducerconnected to the I/O module.

NoteThe connector shunt must be installed vertically on the top or bottom group ofterminal posts to select the corresponding transducer type.WARNING - Do not place shunt over NOT USED terminal posts. Theconnector shunt must be placed over the terminal posts for which the channelpair is configured, even when the channel pair is inactivated.

Page 100: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

94

PROX/ACCL (Proximitor/Accelerometer):

The four-pin connector shunt must be installed on the top left four terminal postson the Prox/Seis and TMR I/O modules. The ten-pin connector shunt must beinstalled on the top ten terminal posts on the Prox/Velom I/O modules.

Prox/Seis I/O TMR I/O

Prox/Velom I/O

Page 101: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

95

SEIS W/O BAR (Seismoprobe without a Barrier):The four-pin connector shunt must be installed on the top right four terminalposts.

Prox/Seis I/O

Page 102: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

96

VELOM (Velomitor):The four-pin connector shunt must be installed on the bottom left four terminalposts on the Prox/Seis I/O modules. The ten-pin connector shunt must beinstalled on the bottom ten terminal posts on the Prox/Velom I/O modules. Theeight-pin connector shunt must be installed on the top eight terminal posts on theShaft Absolute I/O modules.

Prox/Velom I/O Prox/Seis I/O

Shaft Absolute I/O

Page 103: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

97

SEIS W/ BAR (Seismoprobe with Barrier):The four-pin connector shunt must be installed on the bottom right terminalposts.

Prox/Seis I/O

Page 104: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

98

DISCRETE VELOM (Discrete Velomitor):The four-pin connector shunt must be installed on the bottom left four terminalposts.

TMR I/O

Page 105: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

99

BUSSED VELOM (Bussed Velomitor):The four-pin connector shunt must be installed on the bottom right terminalposts.

TMR I/O

Page 106: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

100

SEISMO (Seismoprobe)The eight-pin connector shunt must be installed on the bottom eight terminal posts on theShaft Absolute I/O modules.

Shaft Absolute I/O

Page 107: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

101

4.2 I/O Modules (Internal Termination)Prox/Seis and Prox/Velom Internal Termination I/O modules require you to wireeach transducer and recorder directly to the I/O module. This section showswhat Internal Termination I/O modules look like and how to connect the wires tothe Euro Style connector. Prox/Seis I/O Module is shown for reference.

Connect the wire from thetransducers associated withChannel 1 and 2 to the I/Omodule.

INHB/RET: Connect to anexternal switch. Used toinhibit all non-primaryAlert/Alarm 1 functions for allfour channels.

COM/REC: Connect eachchannel of the I/O module toa recorder.

Connect the wire from thetransducers associated withChannel 3 and 4 to the I/Omodule.

Use the jumper toselect the type oftransducer connectedto Channel 3 and 4 ofthe I/O module.

Use the jumper toselect the type oftransducer connectedto Channel 1 and 2 ofthe I/O module.

Page 108: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

102

Shaft Absolute I/O Module

Use the jumper to select the type oftransducer connected to Channel 3 ofthe I/O module.

Connect the wires associatedwith transducers for Group 1,channels 1 and 3 to the I/Omodule.

Connect the wires associatedwith transducers for Group 2,channels 2 and 4 to the I/Omodule.

Use the jumper to select the type oftransducer connected to Channel 4 ofthe I/O module.

INHB/RET: Connect to an externalswitch. Used to inhibit all non-primaryAlert/Alarm 1 functions for all fourchannels.

COM/REC: Connect each channel ofthe I/O module to a recorder.

Select the Proximitor scale factor tomatch with the transducers connectedto channels 1 and 2.

Page 109: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

103

4.3 Proximitor/Seismic Internal Barrier I/O Module(Internal Termination)

The Internal Barrier I/O modules requires that each transducer be connected to the BarrierI/O module individually. This module provides four channels of intrinsically safe signalconditioning for Proximitor and/or Seismic transducers and has two internally mountedzener barrier modules, one for each pair of transducer channels. There are three types ofInternal Barrier I/O Module; the first variant provides four channels for Proximitortransducers only, the second provides two channels for Proximitor transducers and two forSeismic transducers, and the third provides four channels for Seismic transducers only. A3500 Earthing Module is required for systems that use Internal Barrier I/O Modules toprovide an intrinsically safe earth connection for intrinsically safe applications. Refer to theRack Installation and Maintenance Manual for system requirements when using InternalBarrier I/O Modules.

Connect the wires fromProximitor transducers tothe Barrier I/O Module.

Connect the wiresfrom Seismictransducers to theBarrier I/O Module.

Page 110: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

104

4.4 Wiring Euro Style ConnectorsTo remove a terminal block from its base, loosen the screws attaching theterminal block to the base, grip the block firmly and pull. Do not pull the block outby its wires because this could loosen or damage the wires or connector.

Typical I/O module

Refer to the 3500 Field Wiring Diagram Package for the recommended wiring.Do not remove more than 6 mm (0.25 in) of insulation from the wires.

Page 111: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

105

4.5 External Termination I/O ModulesExternal Termination I/O modules let you simplify the wiring to the I/O modules ina 3500 rack by using a 25-pin cable to route the signals from the fourtransducers and a nine pin cable to route the signals from the recorders to theI/O module. This section describes the External Termination I/O modulesavailable for use with the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor. It also shows what theseExternal Termination I/O modules look like, what the External Termination Blockslook like, and the pin outs of the cables that go between the External TerminationI/O modules and the External Termination Blocks.

4.5.1 Proximitor/Seismic and Proximitor/Velomitor I/O Modules(External Termination)This section discusses the features of the Proximitor/Seismic andProximitor/Velomitor I/O Modules. Proximitor/Seismic I/O Module shown forreference.

Connect the I/O module tothe Recorder ExternalTermination Block usingcable 129529-XXXX-XX.

Use the jumper to selectthe type of transducerconnected to Channel 3and 4 to the I/O module.

Use the jumper to selectthe type of transducerconnected to Channel 1and 2 of the I/O module.

Connect the I/O module tothe External TerminationBlock using cable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Page 112: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

106

4.5.2 Shaft Absolute I/O Module (External Termination) This section discusses the features of the Shaft Absolute I/O module.

Connect the I/O module to the ExternalTermination Block using cable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Use the jumper to select the type oftransducer connected to Channel 3 ofthe I/O module.

Use the jumper to select the type oftransducer connected to Channel 4 ofthe I/O module.

Select the Proximitor scale factor tomatch with the transducers connected tochannels 1 and 2.

Connect the I/O module to the RecorderExternal Termination Block using cable129529-XXXX-XX.

Page 113: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

107

4.5.3 Proximitor/Seismic TMR I/O Module (External Termination)

The Proximitor/Seismic TMR I/O Module is used in a TMR rack and can beconfigured as TMR I/O Discrete or TMR I/O Bussed.

When configured as TMR I/O Discrete, twelve transducers send input signals tothree monitors so that each transducer signal of each channel is not shared byother channels. Six External Termination Blocks are required: three areProximitor/Seismic External Termination Blocks used to wire the transducers; theother three are Recorder External Termination Blocks used to wire the recorders.

When configured as TMR I/O Bussed, four transducers are bussed to threemonitors so that each transducer is shared by three channels, one channel fromeach monitor. Four External Termination Blocks are required: one is a BussedProximitor/Seismic External Termination Block used to wire the transducers; theother three are Recorder External Termination Blocks used to wire the recorders.

Connect the I/O module to the External TerminationBlock using cable 129525-XXXX-XX

Connect the I/O module to the Recorder ExternalTermination Blocks using cable 129529-XXXX-XX

Use the jumper to select the type of transducerconnected to Channel 1 and 2 of the I/O module.

Use the jumper to select the type of transducerconnected to Channel 3 and 4 of the I/O module.

Page 114: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

108

4.5.4 External Termination BlocksThe three types of External Termination Blocks used with a Proximitor/SeismicI/O Module are the Proximitor/Seismic External Termination Blocks, the BussedProximitor/Seismic External Termination Blocks, and the Recorder ExternalTermination Blocks. The two types of External Termination Blocks used with aProximitor/Velomitor I/O module are the Proximitor/Velomitor ExternalTermination Block, and the Recorder External Termination Block. Each typecomes with either Terminal Strip or Euro Style connectors. Proximitor/SeismicExternal Termination Blocks appear similar to Proximitor/Velomitor ExternalTermination Blocks. Labeling and part number are different to accommodate thedifference in Velomitor wiring between the two styles. Refer to the field wiringdiagram package ( Bently Nevada part number 130432-01) for specific data.

4.5.4.1 Proximitor/Seismic and Proximitor/Velomitor External TerminationBlock (Terminal Strip connectors, Prox/Seismic ET Block shown)

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Channel 3 and Channel 4

Connect the I/O module to theExternal Termination Blockusing cable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Connect the wire from thetransducers associated withChannel 1, 2, 3, and 4 to theExternal Termination Block.

INHB/RET: Connect to anexternal switch.

Page 115: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

109

4.5.4.2 Proximitor/Seismic and Proximitor/Velomitor External TerminationBlock (Euro Style connectors, Prox/Seis ET Block shown)

Channel 3 and Channel 4

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Connect the I/O module to theExternal Termination Blockusing cable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Connect the wire fromthe transducersassociated withChannel 1, 2, 3, and 4to the ExternalTermination Block.

Page 116: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

110

4.5.4.3 Bussed Proximitor/Seismic External Termination Block (TerminalStrip connectors)

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Channel 3 and Channel 4

Connect the TMR I/O Module tothe External Termination Blockusing cable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Connect the wire from thetransducers associated withChannel 1, 2, 3, and 4 to theExternal Termination Block.

INHB_A/RET_A, INHB_B/RET_B,and INHB_C/RET_C: Connect to acommon switch or individualswitches.

Page 117: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

111

4.5.4.4 Bussed Proximitor/Seismic External Termination Block (Euro Styleconnectors)

Connect the TMR I/O Module to theExternal Termination Block usingcable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Connect the wire from the transducersassociated with Channel 1, 2, 3, and 4to the External Termination Block.

INHB_A/RET_A, INHB_B/RET_B, andINHB_C/RET_C: Connect to a commonswitch or individual switches.

Channel 3 and Channel 4

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Page 118: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

112

4.5.4.5 Recorder External Termination Block (Terminal Strip connectors)

Channel 3 and Channel 4

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Connect the I/O module tothe Recorder ExternalTermination Block usingcable 129529-XXXX-XX.

Connect the recordersassociated with Channel 1, 2, 3,and 4 to the Recorder ExternalTermination Block.

Page 119: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

113

4.5.4.6 Recorder External Termination Block (Euro Style connectors)

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Channel 3 and Channel 4

Connect the I/O module tothe Recorder ExternalTermination Block usingcable 129529-XXXX-XX.

Connect the recordersassociated with Channel 1, 2, 3,and 4 to the Recorder ExternalTermination Block.

Page 120: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

114

4.5.4.7 Shaft Absolute External Termination Block (Terminal Stripconnectors)

Group 1 ShaftAbsolute analogsignal output

Group 2 ShaftAbsolute analogsignal output

Connect I/O moduleto the ExternalTermination Blockusing cable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Connect the wire from the transducersassociated with Channel 1, 2, 3, and 4 tothe External Termination Block.

Channel 3 and Channel 4

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Page 121: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

115

4.5.4.8 Shaft Absolute External Termination Block (Euro Style connectors)

Group 1 ShaftAbsolute analogsignal output

Group 2 ShaftAbsolute analogsignal output

Connect I/O moduleto the ExternalTermination Blockusing cable 129525-XXXX-XX.

Connect the wire from the transducersassociated with Channel 1, 2, 3, and 4 tothe External Termination Block.

Channel 3 andChannel 4

Channel 1 and Channel 2

Page 122: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

116

4.5.5 Cable Pin OutsCable Number 129525-XXXX-XX3500 Transducer Signal to External Termination Block Cable

Page 123: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance I/O Module Descriptions

117

129529-XXXX-XX3500 Recorder Output to ET Block Cable

Page 124: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

118

5. MaintenanceThe boards and components inside of 3500 modules cannot be repaired in thefield. Maintaining a 3500 rack consists of testing module channels to verify thatthey are operating correctly. Modules that are not operating correctly should bereplaced with a spare.

When performed properly, this module may be installed into or removed from therack while power is applied to the rack. Refer to the Rack Installation anMaintenance Manual (part number 129766-01) for the proer procedure.

This section shows how to verify the operation of channels in anProximitor/Seismic Monitor (Section 5.1), how to adjust the scale factor(Section 5.2.1), and zero position (Section 5.2.2).

5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /SeismicMonitor ModuleThe 3500 Monitoring System is a high precision instrument that requires nocalibration. The functions of monitor channels, however, must be verified atregular intervals. At each maintenance interval, we recommend that you use theprocedures in this section to verify the operation of all active channels in themonitor. It is only necessary to verify the alarms and accuracy of channelproportional values that are active.

SectionNumber

Topic PageNumber

5.1.1 Choosing a Maintenance Interval 119

5.1.2 Required Test Equipment 119

5.1.3 Typical Verification Test Setup 121

5.1.4 Using the Rack Configuration Software 122

5.1.5 Radial Vibration Channels 125

5.1.6 Thrust Position and Differential ExpansionChannels

153

5.1.7 Eccentricity Channels 163

5.1.8 Velocity Channels 176

5.1.9 Acceleration Channels 196

5.1.10 Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channels 210

5.1.11 Shaft Absolute Velocity Channels 226

5.1.12 Verify Recorder Outputs 258

5.1.13 If a Channel Fails a Verification Test 259

Page 125: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

119

5.1.1 Choosing a Maintenance IntervalUse the following approach to choose a maintenance interval:

Start with an interval of one year and then shorten the interval if any of thefollowing conditions apply:- the monitored machine is classified as critical.- the 3500 rack is operating in a harsh environment such as in extreme

temperature, high humidity, or in a corrosive atmosphere.

At each interval, use the results of the previous verifications and ISOProcedure 10012-1 to adjust the interval.

5.1.2 Required Test EquipmentThe verification procedures in this section require the following test equipment.

Radial Vibration Channels- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator- 100 µF capacitor- 40 kΩ resistor- Bently Nevada Corporation TK 16 Keyphasor Multiplier/Divider or equivalent

(Instructions in this manual refer to the TK 16)- additional -18 Vdc Supply for use with the TK 16- 2 Channel Oscilloscope

Thrust Position and Differential Expansion Channels- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits

Eccentricity Channels- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator- 100 µF capacitor- 40 kΩ resistor

Velocity Channels - Seismoprobe- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator- 2.49 kΩ resistor

Page 126: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

120

Velocity Channels - Velomitor- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator- 10 µF capacitor- 4 kΩ resistor

Acceleration Channels- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator

Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channels- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator- 100 µF capacitor- 40 kΩ resistor- Bently Nevada Corporation TK 16 Keyphasor Multiplier/Divider or equivalent

(Instructions in this manual refer to the TK 16)- additional -18 Vdc Supply for use with the TK 16- 2 Channel Oscilloscope

Shaft Absolute Velocity Channels - Seismoprobe- Power Supply (dual channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator- 2.49 kΩ resistor- 100 µF capacitor- 40 kΩ resistor- Bently Nevada Corporation TK 16 Keyphasor Multiplier/Divider or equivalent

(Instructions in this manual refer to the TK 16)- additional -18 Vdc Supply for use with the TK 16- 2 Channel Oscilloscope

Shaft Absolute Velocity Channels - Velomitor- Power Supply (single channel)- Multimeter - 4½ digits- Function Generator- 10 µF capacitor- 4 kΩ resistor- 100 µF capacitor- 40 kΩ resistor- Bently Nevada Corporation TK 16 Keyphasor Multiplier/Divider or equivalent

(Instructions in this manual refer to the TK 16)- additional -18 Vdc Supply for use with the TK 16- 2 Channel Oscilloscope

Page 127: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

121

5.1.3 Typical Verification Test SetupThe following figure shows the typical test setup for verifying aProximitor/Seismic Monitor. The test equipment is used to simulate thetransducer signal and the laptop computer is used to observe the output from therack.

General Layout for Maintenance

3500 rack

• RS

Page 128: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

122

Transducers can be connected to a 3500 rack in a variety of ways. Dependingon the wiring option for the I/O module of your monitor, connect the testequipment to the monitor using one of the following methods:

5.1.4 Using the Rack Configuration SoftwareThe laptop computer that is part of the test setup uses the Rack ConfigurationSoftware to display output from the rack and to reset certain operatingparameters in the rack. To perform the test procedures in this section you mustbe familiar with the following features of the Rack Configuration Software:

- upload, download, and save configuration files

- enable and disable channels and alarms

- bypass channels and alarms

- display the Verification screen

The Rack Configuration and Test Utilities Guide (part number 129777-01)explains how to perform these operations.

NoteIt is important to save the original rack configuration before doing anyMaintenance or Troubleshooting Procedures. It may be necessary duringthese procedures to change setpoints, etc. which must be restored to theiroriginal values at the conclusion of the procedures. At that time the originalconfiguration should be downloaded to the rack.

Connect testequipmenthere.

Proximitor/Seismic I/O Module,Proximitor/Velomitor I/OModule, and Internal Barrier I/OModule (Internal Termination)

External TerminationBlock (Euro StyleConnectors)

External TerminationBlock (Terminal StripConnectors)

Page 129: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

123

The following figures show how the Verification screen displays output from a 3500 rack:

Alarm Verification Fields:These fields display output for verifying channel alarms. Alert/Alarm 1 alarmsare displayed in yellow in the bar graph and with the word “Alarm” under thecurrent value box. Danger/Alarm 2 alarms are displayed in red in the bar graphand with the word “Alarm” under the current value box.

Current ValueThe current proportional value is displayed in this box.

Setpoints are indicated by lines on the bargraph display:

Danger/Alarm 2 Over = Solid Red LineAlert/Alarm 1 Over = Solid Yellow LineAlert/Alarm 1 Under = Dashed Yellow LineDanger/Alarm 2 Under = Dashed Red Line

The Zero Position Voltage is the voltage input that will cause the reading on thebar graph display and current value box to be zero. The Zero Position Voltsvalue is displayed in the Zero Position Volts box above each channel value bargraph.

Page 130: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

124

Any channel bar graph value that enters Alert/Alarm 1 or Danger/Alarm 2 willcause the alarm lines in the Channel Status box to indicate an alarm. Anychannel that enters alarm will cause the alarm lines in the Module Status box toindicate an alarm.

OK Limit Verification Fields

These fields display output for verifying OK limits.

Current Value Verification Fields:These fields display output for verifying channel output.

Page 131: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

125

5.1.5 Radial Vibration ChannelsThe following sections describe how to test alarms, verify channels, and test OKlimits for channels configured as Radial Vibration. The output values and alarmsetpoints are verified by varying the input vibration signal level (both peak topeak amplitude and DC voltage bias) and observing that the correct results arereported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

Radial Vibration channels can be configured for the following channel values andalarms:

Channel Values Alarms

Over Under

Direct X

Gap X X

1X Amplitude and Phase X X

2X Amplitude and Phase X X

Not 1X Amplitude X

Smax Amplitude X

5.1.5.1 Test Equipment and Software Setup - Radial VibrationThe following test equipment and software setup can be used as the initial set upneeded for all the Radial Vibration channel verification procedures (Test Alarms,Verify Channels, and Test OK Limits).

Application Alert WARNING

Tests will exceed alarmsetpoint levels causingalarms to activate. Thiscould result in a relaycontact state change.

High voltage present.Contact could causeshock, burns, or death.Do not touch exposedwires or terminals.

Page 132: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

126

Application Alert

Disconnecting the fieldwiring will cause a notOK condition.

Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration

Simulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to COM and SIG of channel 1 with polarity as shownin the figure below (Radial Vibration Test Setup). Set the test equipment asspecified below.

Power Supply Function Generator KeyphasorMultiplier/Divider

-7.00 Vdc Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level:Minimum (above zero)

Multiply Switch: 001Divide Switch: 001

Page 133: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

127

100 µF

• Radi

Keyphasor®Signal

The equipment shown in the dashed box is required for 1XAmplitude and Phase, 2X Amplitude and Phase, Not 1XAmplitude, and Smax Amplitude.

Keyphasor Multiplier/Divider

40 kΩ

Keyphasor®I/O Module

-18Vdc

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Page 134: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

128

Verification Screen Setup - Radial VibrationRun the Rack Configuration Software on the test computer. Choose Verificationfrom the Utilities menu and choose the proper Slot number and Channel numberthen click on the Verify button.

NoteTimed OK Channel Defeat is enabled for Radial Vibration channels. It willtake 30 seconds for a channel to return to the OK status from a not OKcondition.

The following table directs you to the starting page of each maintenance sectionassociated with the Radial Vibration Channels.

SectionNumber

Topic PageNumber

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - Direct 129

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - Gap 130

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - 1X Amplitude 131

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - 1X Phase 132

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - 2X Amplitude 134

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - 2X Phase 135

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - Not 1X Amplitude 136

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - Smax Amplitude 137

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - Direct 139

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - Gap 140

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - 1X Amplitude 142

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - 1X Phase 143

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - 2X Amplitude 145

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - 2X Phase 146

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - Not 1X Amplitude 148

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - Smax Amplitude 149

5.1.5.4 Test OK Limits 150

Page 135: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

129

5.1.5.2 Test Alarms - Radial VibrationThe general approach for testing alarm setpoints is to simulate the vibration andKeyphasor® signal with a function generator. The alarm levels are tested byvarying the vibration signal (both peak to peak amplitude and DC voltage bias)and observing that the correct results are reported in the Verification screen onthe test computer. It is only necessary to test those alarm parameters that areconfigured and being used. The general test procedure to verify current alarmoperation will include simulating a transducer input signal and varying this signal:1. to exceed over Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints, and2. to drop below any under Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints and3. to produce a nonalarm condition.

When varying the signal from an alarm condition to a nonalarm condition, alarmhysteresis must be considered. Adjust the signal well below the alarm setpointfor the alarm to clear.

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce areading that is below the Direct setpoint levels on the Direct bar graph displayof the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains red and that the Current Value Field

Page 136: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

130

still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Direct changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can’t verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints. Ifthe monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test, goto Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage that is within the Gap setpointlevels on the Gap bar graph display of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Gap is green and that the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal just exceeds the GapOver Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarmtime delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changescolor from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the power supply such that the signal just exceeds the Gap OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changes colorfrom yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains red and that the Current Value Field stillindicates an Alarm.

Page 137: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

131

9. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal reads below the OverAlarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe thatthe bar graph indicator for Gap changes color to green and that the CurrentValue Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the power supply to exceed the UnderAlarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

1X Amplitude (1X Ampl)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce areading that is within the 1X Ampl setpoint levels on the 1X Ampl bar graphdisplay of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 1X Ampl is green and that theCurrent Value field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the1X Ampl Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Amplchanges color from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Ampl remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

Page 138: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

132

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the1X Ampl Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3 seconds afterthe alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1XAmpl changes color from yellow to red and the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Ampl remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for 1X Ampl changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the function generator amplitude toexceed the Under Alarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

1X Phase

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

NoteIf you can not change the phase output, change the phase alarm setpoints toactivate the over and under phase alarms. The setpoints must be downloadedto the monitor to take effect.

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the phase to produce a reading that is within the1X Phase setpoint levels on the 1X Phase bar graph display of theVerification screen.

Page 139: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

133

NoteThe 1X Amplitude needs to be a minimum of 100 mV to get a valid 1X Phasereading.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 1X Phase OverAlert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase changescolor from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Phase remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 1X Phase OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase changescolor from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Phase remains red and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the phase such that the reading is below the Over Alarm setpointlevels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe that the bar graphindicator for 1X Phase changes color to green and that the Current Value Boxcontains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the phase to exceed the Under Alarmsetpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

Page 140: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

134

2X Amplitude (2X Ampl)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is two. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce areading that is within the 2X Ampl setpoint levels on the 2X Ampl bar graphdisplay of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 2X Ampl is green, and the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the2X Ampl Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 2X Amplchanges color from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 2X Ampl remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the2X Ampl Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds afterthe alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 2XAmpl changes color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Fieldindicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 2X Ampl remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for 2X Ampl changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the function generator amplitude toexceed the Under Alarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.

Page 141: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

135

If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

2X Phase

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

NoteIf you can not change the phase output, change the phase alarm setpoints toactivate the over and under phase alarms. The setpoints must be downloadedto the monitor to take effect.

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is two. Adjust the phase to produce a reading that is within the2X Phase setpoint levels on the 2X Phase bar graph display of theVerification screen.

NoteThe 2X Amplitude needs to be a minimum of 100 mV to get a valid 2X Phasereading.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 2X Phase is green, and the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 2X Phase OverAlert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay and verify that the bar graph indicator for 2X Phase changes color fromgreen to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 2X Phase remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 2X Phase OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 2X Phase changescolor from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that the

Page 142: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

136

bar graph indicator for 2X Phase remains red and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the phase such that the reading is below the Over Alarm setpointlevels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe that the bar graphindicator for 2X Phase changes color to green and that the Current Value Boxcontains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the phase to exceed the Under Alarmsetpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

Not 1X Amplitude (Not 1X)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is two. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce areading that is below the Not 1X setpoint levels on the Not 1X bar graphdisplay of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Not 1X is green, and the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theNot 1X Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Not 1Xchanges color from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that the

Page 143: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

137

bar graph indicator for Not 1X remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theNot 1X Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Not 1Xchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Not 1X remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Not 1X changes color to green and theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

Smax Amplitude

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel pair terminalson the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ). Smax requires inputconnections to both channel 1 and 2 or channel 3 and 4.

3. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce a reading that is belowthe Smax setpoint levels on the Smax bar graph display of the Verificationscreen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Smax is green, and the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

Page 144: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

138

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theSmax Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Smaxchanges color from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Smax remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theSmax Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Smaxchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Smax remains red and that the Current Value Field stillindicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Smax changes color to green and the CurrentValue Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel pair terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OKLED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

5.1.5.3 Verify Channel Values - Radial VibrationThe general approach for testing channel values is to simulate the vibration andKeyphasor input signal with a function generator. The output values are verifiedby varying the input vibration signal level (both peak to peak amplitude and DCvoltage bias) and observing that the correct results are reported in theVerification screen on the test computer.

NoteThese parameters have an accuracy specification of ±1 % of full scale foramplitude and ±3 degrees for phase.

Page 145: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

139

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and examplesshown below. Adjust the amplitude of the function generator to thecalculated voltage.

Full Scale Voltage = Direct Meter Top Scale × Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:Direct Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

For Vrms input:Vrms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (2)= 0.707 Vrms

Example 2:Direct Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µm

Full Scale = (200 × 0.007874)= 1.5748 Vpp

For Vrms input:Vrms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (1.574)= 0.5566 Vrms

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify therecorder output.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other part

Page 146: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

140

of this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. If Gap is configured to read in volts , adjust the power supply to produce avoltage equal to -18.00 Vdc on the Gap bar graph display. Verify that theGap bar graph display and Current Value Box is reading ±1 % of -18.00 Vdc.If the recorder output is configured, Refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify RecorderOutputs) for steps to verify recorder output.

4. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to mid-scale on the Gapbar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph display and Current ValueBox is reading ±1 % of the mid-scale value. If the recorder output isconfigured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps toverify the recorder output. Go to step 8.

If Gap is configured to read in displacement units , calculate the full-scale andbottom-scale voltage using the following equation:

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Gap Full-Scale =Gap Zero Position Volts + (Gap Meter Top Scale × Transducer Scale Factor)

Example 1:Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/milScale Range is 15-0-15 mil (Gap Top Scale = 15 mil)Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Full Scale input = -9.75 Vdc + (15 × 0.200)= -6.75 Vdc

Example 2:Transducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmScale Range is 300-0-300 µm (Gap Top Scale = 300 µm)

Page 147: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

141

Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Full Scale input = -9.75 Vdc + (300 × 0.007874)= -7.3878 Vdc

Gap Bottom-Scale =Gap Zero Position Volts - (Gap Meter Bottom Scale × Transducer Scale

Factor)

Example 1:Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/milScale Range is 15-0-15 mil (Gap Bottom Scale = 15 mil)Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Bottom Scale input = -9.75 Vdc - (15 × 0.200)= -12.75 Vdc

Example 2:Transducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmScale Range is 300-0-300 µm (Gap Bottom Scale = 300 µm)Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Bottom Scale input = -9.75 Vdc - (300 × 0.007874)= -12.1122 Vdc

5. Adjust the power supply voltage to match the voltage displayed in the GapZero Position Volts Box. The Gap bar graph display and Current Value Boxshould read 0 mil (0 mm) ±1 %.

6. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to top scale (from step 3)on the Gap bar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph display andCurrent Value Box is reading ±1 % of top scale. If the recorder output isconfigured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps toverify recorder output.

7. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to bottom scale (fromstep 3) on the Gap bar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph displayand Current Value Box is reading ±1 % of bottom scale. If the recorderoutput is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) forsteps to verify recorder output.

8. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

9. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 for all configured channels.

Page 148: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

142

1X Amplitude (1X Ampl)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and examplesshown below. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculatedvoltage.

Full Scale Voltage = 1X Ampl Meter Top Scale X Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

For V rms input:V rms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (2)= 0.707 Vrms

Example 2:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmFull Scale = (200 × 0.007874)

= 1.5748 Vpp

For V rms input:V rms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (1.574)= 0.5566 Vrms

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Verify that the 1X Ampl bar graph display and CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured,

Page 149: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

143

refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify recorderoutput.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

1X Phase

NoteIf the test equipment is not capable of changing the phase output to a knownvalue, use the following procedure. If your test equipment can change thephase output to a known value, use the procedure on page 144.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ). Set the Keyphasormultiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and the divide setting isone.

3. Attach one channel of a two channel oscilloscope to the vibration signalbuffered output and attach the other channel to the associated Keyphasor®

signal buffered output and observe the two signals simultaneously.

4. Measure the phase. 1X Phase will be measured from the leading edge of theKeyphasor® pulse to the first positive peak of the vibration signal. See theexample below (on page 224) which illustrates a phase of 45°. Observe the1X Phase bar graph display and Current Value Box; it should readapproximately what was measured above.

Page 150: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

144

Example:

1X = one cycle of vibration signal per shaft revolution.

5. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all configured channels.

NoteIf the test equipment has the capability to change the phase output to a knownvalue, use the following procedures.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ). Set the Keyphasormultiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and the divide setting isone.

3. Adjust the phase for mid-scale. Verify that the 1X Phase bar graph displayand Current Value Box is reading ±1.5 % of mid-scale. If the recorder outputis configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps toverify recorder output.

4. If the reading does not meet specifications double check the input signal toensure it is correct. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or failsany other part of this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails aVerification Test).

one cycle

0° 360°

PhaseLag= 45°

1XVibrationSignal

Time

KeyphasorSignal

Page 151: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

145

5. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all configured channels.

2X Amplitude (2X Ampl)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and examplesshown below. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculatedvoltage.

Full Scale Voltage = 2X Ampl Meter Top Scale × Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:2X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

For V rms input:V rms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (2)= 0.707 Vrms

Example 2:2X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmFull Scale = (200 × 0.007874)

= 1.5748 Vpp

For V rms input:V rms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

Page 152: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

146

= (0.707/2) × (1.574)= 0.5566 Vrms

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is two. Verify that the 2X Ampl bar graph display and CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify recorderoutput.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

2X Phase

NoteIf the test equipment is not capable of changing the phase output to a knownvalue, use the following procedure. If your test equipment can change thephase output to a known value, use the procedure on page 147.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ). Set the Keyphasormultiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and the divide setting istwo.

3. Attach one channel of the two channel oscilloscope to the vibration signalbuffered output and attach the other channel to the associated Keyphasor®

signal buffered output and observe the two signals simultaneously.

4. Measure the phase. 2X Phase will be measured from the leading edge of theKeyphasor® pulse to the first positive peak of the vibration signal. See theexample below (on page 147) which illustrates a phase of 90°. Observe the2X Phase bar graph display and Current Value Box; it should readapproximately what was measured above.

Page 153: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

147

Example:

2X = two cycles of vibration signal per shaft revolution

5. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all configured channels.

NoteIf the test equipment has the capability to change the phase output to a knownvalue, use the following procedure.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration). Setthe Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is two.

3. Adjust the phase for mid-scale. Verify that the 2X Phase bar graph displayand Current Value Box is reading ±1.5 % of mid-scale. If the recorder outputis configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps toverify the recorder output.

4. If the reading does not meet specifications, double check the input signal toensure it is correct. If the monitor still does not meet specifications and/orfails any other part of this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails aVerification Test).

5. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

one shaft revolution

first cycle

PhaseLag= 90°

second cycle2XVibrationSignal

Time

KeyphasorSignal

0° 360°

Page 154: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

148

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all configured channels.

Not 1X Amplitude

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and example shownbelow. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculated voltage.

Full-Scale Voltage =Not 1X Ampl Meter Top Scale × Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:Not 1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

For Vrms input:Vrms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input= (0.707/2) × (2)= 0.707 Vrms

Example 2:Not 1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µm

Full Scale = (200 × 0.007874)= 1.5748 Vpp

For V rms input:V rms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input= (0.707/2) × (1.574)= 0.5566 Vrms

Page 155: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

149

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is two. Verify that the Not 1X bar graph display and CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify therecorder output.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

Smax Amplitude

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel pair terminalson the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ). Smax requires inputconnections to both channel 1 and 2 or channel 3 and 4.

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the equation and example shownbelow.

Full-Scale Voltage =(Smax Meter Top Scale × Transducer Scale Factor) × 1.414

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:Smax Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200) × 1.414= 2.828 Vpp

For Vrms input:

Page 156: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

150

Vrms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input= (0.707/2) × (2.828)= 0.999 Vrms

Example 2:Smax Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmFull Scale = (200 × .007874) × 1.414

= 2.2267 Vpp

For Vrms input:Vrms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (2.2267)= 0.7871 Vrms

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is set to oneand the divide setting is set to one. Adjust the function generator amplitudefor full scale. Verify that the Smax bar graph display and Current Value Box isreading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer toSection 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify the recorderoutput.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel pair terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OKLED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

5.1.5.4 Test OK LimitsThe general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This will cause achannel not OK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize). TheUpper and Lower OK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the testcomputer.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.5.1(Test Equipment Setup - Radial Vibration ).

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

Page 157: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

151

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box of the Verification screen reads OK.

NoteIf the Danger Bypass has been activated, then the BYPASS LED will be on.All other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed for the relay to beenergized.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See 3500/20 Rack Interface Module Operation andMaintenance Manual, part number 129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (upper limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK. Verify thatthe Upper OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen is equal to ormore positive than the input voltage.

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes. Verify that the ChannelOK State line in the Channel Status box reads OK.

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (lower limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in theChannel Status box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK.Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen isequal to or more negative than the input voltage.

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes and that the Channel OKState line in the Channel Status box reads OK.

13. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the Monitor I/O Module. Press the RESETswitch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) and verify that the OK LED comeson and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels back to their originalsetting.

Page 158: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

152

Radial Vibration Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower OK Limit (volts) Upper OK Limit(volts)

7200 5&8 mm w/barriers

-2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

7200 5&8 mm w/obarriers

-2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

7200 11 mm w/obarriers

-3.5 to -3.6 -19.6 to -19.7

7200 14 mm w/obarriers

-2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

3300 5&8 mm w/barriers

-2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

3300 5&8 mm w/obarriers

-2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

3000 (-18 V) w/obarriers

-2.4 to -2.5 -12.0 to -12.1

3000 (-24 V) w/obarriers

-3.2 to -3.3 -15.7 to -15.8

3300 RAM w/o barriers -2.4 to -2.5 -12.5 to -12.6

3300 RAM w/ barriers -2.4 to -2.5 -12.1 to -12.2

3300 16 mm HTPS w/obarriers

-2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.

Page 159: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

153

5.1.6 Thrust Position and Differential Expansion ChannelsThe following sections describe how to test alarms, verify channels, and test OKlimits for channels configured as Thrust Position and Differential Expansion. Theoutput values and alarm setpoints are verified by varying the input DC voltagefrom a power supply and observing that the correct results are reported in theVerification screen on the test computer.

Thrust Position and Differential Expansion channels can be configured for thefollowing channel values and alarms:

Channel Values Alarms

Over Under

Direct X X

Gap X X

5.1.6.1 Test Equipment and Software Setup - Thrust Position and DifferentialExpansionThe following test equipment and software setup can be used as the initial setupneeded for all the Thrust Position and Differential Expansion channel verificationprocedures (Test Alarms, Verify Channels, and Test OK Limits).

WARNINGApplication Alert

High voltage present.Contact could causeshock, burns, or death.Do not touch exposedwires or terminals.

Tests will exceed alarmsetpoint levels causingalarms to activate. Thiscould result in a relaycontact state change.

Application Alert

Disconnecting fieldwiring will cause a notOK condition.

Page 160: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

154

Test Equipment Setup - Thrust Position and Differential ExpansionSimulate the transducer signal by connecting power supply (output terminals)and multimeter (input terminals) to COM and SIG of channel 1 with polarity asshown in the figure on page 154 (Thrust Position and Differential Expansion TestSetup).

Thrust Position and Differential Expansion Test Setup

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

I/O Module

Page 161: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

155

Verification Screen Setup - Thrust Position and Differential ExpansionRun the Rack Configuration Software on the test computer. Choose Verificationfrom the Utilities menu and choose the proper Slot number and Channel numberthen click on the Verify button.

The following table directs you to the starting page of each maintenance sectionassociated with the Thrust Position and Differential Expansion Channels.

SectionNumber

Topic PageNumber

5.1.6.2 Test Alarms - Direct 155

5.1.6.2 Test Alarms - Gap 156

5.1.6.3 Verify Channel Values - Direct 157

5.1.6.3 Verify Channel Values - Gap 160

5.1.6.4 Test OK Limits 160

5.1.6.2 Test Alarms - Thrust Position and Differential ExpansionThe general approach for testing alarm setpoints is to simulate the ThrustPosition and Differential Expansion signal with a power supply. The alarm levelsare tested by varying the DC voltage and observing that the correct results arereported in the Verification screen on the test computer. It is only necessary totest those alarm parameters that are configured and being used. The generaltest procedure to verify current alarm operation will include simulating atransducer input signal and varying this signal:

1. to exceed over Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints.2. to drop below any under Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints.3. to produce a nonalarm condition.

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.6.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Thrust Position and DifferentialExpansion).

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage that is within the Direct setpointlevels on the Direct bar graph display of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal just exceeds the DirectOver Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm

Page 162: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

156

time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Direct changescolor from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the power supply such that the signal just exceeds the Direct OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Direct changes colorfrom yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal reads below the OverAlarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe thatthe bar graph indicator for Direct changes color to green and that the CurrentValue Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the power supply to exceed the UnderAlarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.6.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Thrust Position and DifferentialExpansion).

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage that is within the Gap setpointlevels on the Gap bar graph display.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Gap is green, and the Current

Page 163: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

157

Value field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal just exceeds the GapOver Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds until the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changes colorfrom green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains yellow and that the Current Field stillindicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the power supply such that the signal just exceeds the Gap OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changes colorfrom yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains red and that the Current Value Field stillindicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal reads below the OverAlarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe thatthe bar graph indicator for Gap changes color to green and that the CurrentValue Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the power supply to exceed the UnderAlarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

5.1.6.3 Verify Channel Values - Thrust Position and Differential ExpansionThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate the ThrustPosition and Differential Expansion signal with a power supply. The outputvalues are verified by varying the input DC voltage and observing that the correctresults are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

Page 164: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

158

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.6.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Thrust Position and DifferentialExpansion).

3. Calculate the full-scale and bottom scale values. These values can becalculated in the following way:

Full-scale Value, Bottom Scale Value =Zero Position Voltage ± (Transducer Scale Factor × Scale Range)

NoteThe Zero Position Voltage is the voltage input that will cause the reading onthe bar graph display and the Current Value Box to be zero. The Zero PositionVolts value is displayed in the Z.P. Volts box above each channel value bargraph.

NoteIf the bottom scale range is zero (for example 0 to 80 mil), use the Full-scaleValue formula.

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

If Upscale direction (Normal for Thrust, Long for Differential Expansion) is towardthe probe:

Full Scale =(Zero Position Voltage) + (Transducer Scale Factor × Top Meter Scale)

Bottom Scale =(Zero Position Voltage) - (Transducer Scale Factor × ABS (Bottom MeterScale)

Example 1:Transducer scale factor = 200 mV/milMeter scale range = 25-0-25 milZero Position Voltage = -9.75 Vdc

Full Scale Value = (-9.75) + (0.200 × 25)= -4.75 Vdc

Bottom Scale Value = (-9.75) - (0.200 × 25)= -14.75 Vdc

Example 2:Transducer scale factor = 7,874 mV/mmMeter scale range = 1-0-1 mm

Page 165: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

159

Zero Position Voltage = -10.16 Vdc

Full Scale Value = (-10.16) + (7.874 × 1)= -2.286 Vdc

Bottom Scale Value = (-10.16) - (7.874 × 1)= -18.03 Vdc

If Upscale direction (Normal for Thrust, Long for Differential Expansion) is awayfrom the probe:

Full Scale =(Zero Position Voltage) - (Transducer Scale Factor × Top Meter Scale)

Bottom Scale =(Zero Position Voltage) + (Transducer Scale Factor × ABS(Bottom MeterScale)

Example 1:Transducer scale factor = 200 mV/milMeter scale range = 25-0-25 milZero Position Voltage = -9.75 Vdc

Full Scale Value = (-9.75) - (0.200 × 25)= -14.75 Vdc

Bottom Scale Value = (-9.75) + (0.200 × 25 )= -4.75 Vdc

Example 2:Transducer scale factor = 7,874 mV/mmMeter scale range = 1-0-1 mmZero Position Voltage = -10.16 Vdc

Full Scale Value = (-10.16) - (7.874 × 1)= -18.03 Vdc

Bottom Scale Value = (-10.16) + (7.874 × 1)= -2.286 Vdc

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to match the voltage displayed in the Z.P.Volts box. The Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box shouldread 0 mil (0 mm) ±1 %.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage for the calculated full scale. Verify that theDirect bar graph display and the Current Value Box is reading ±1 % of fullscale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (VerifyRecorder Outputs) for steps to verify the recorder output.

6. Adjust the power supply voltage for the calculated bottom scale. Verify thatthe Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box is reading ±1 % ofbottom scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12

Page 166: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

160

(Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify the recorder output.

7. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

8. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.6.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Thrust Position and DifferentialExpansion).

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to -18.00 Vdc on the Gapbar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph display and the CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of -18.00 Vdc. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify therecorder output.

4. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to mid-scale on the Gapbar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph and Current Value Box isreading ±1 % of the mid-scale value. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify therecorder output.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

5.1.6.4 Test OK Limits - Thrust Position and Differential ExpansionThe general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This will cause achannel not OK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize). TheUpper and Lower OK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the testcomputer.

Page 167: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

161

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.6.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Thrust Position and DifferentialExpansion).

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box of the Verification screen reads OK.

NoteIf the Danger Bypass has been activated, then the BYPASS LED will be on.All other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed for the OK relay to beenergized.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See 3500/20 Rack Interface Module Operation andMaintenance Manual, part number 129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (upper limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK. Verify thatthe Upper OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen is equal to ormore positive than the input voltage.

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes, and the Channel OK Stateline in the Channel Status box reads OK.

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (lower limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in theChannel Status box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK.Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen isequal to or more negative than the input voltage.

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes, and the Channel OK Stateline in the Channel Status box reads OK.

13. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG field

Page 168: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

162

wiring to the channel terminals on the Monitor I/O Module. Press the RESETswitch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) and verify that the OK LED comeson and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels to their original setting.

Thrust Position Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower OK Limit(volts)

Upper OK Limit(volts)

7200 5 & 8 mm w/ barriers -1.05 to -1.15-1.23 to -1.33 *

-18.15 to -18.25

7200 5 & 8 mm w/o barriers -1.23 to -1.33 -18.99 to -19.09

7200 11 mm w/o barriers -3.50 to -3.60 -20.34 to -20.44

7200 14 mm w/o barriers -1.6 to -1.7 -18.0 to -18.1

3300 5&8 mm w/ barriers -1.05 to -1.15-1.23 to -1.33 *

-18.15 to -18.25

3300 5&8 mm w/o barriers -1.23 to -1.33 -18.99 to -19.09

3000 (-18V) w/o barriers -1.11 to -1.21 -13.09 to -13.19

3000 (-24V) w/o barriers -2.2 to -2.3 -16.8 to -16.9

3300 RAM w/o barriers -1.11 to -1.21 -13.09 to -13.19

3300 RAM w/ barriers -1.0 to -1.1-1.11 to -1.21 *

-12.3 to -12.4

3300 16mm HTPS w/o barriers -1.6 to -1.7 -18.0 to -18.1

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.* = BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Page 169: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

163

Differential Expansion Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower OK Limit(volts)

Upper OK Limit(volts)

25 mm w/o barriers -1.30 to -1.40 -12.5 to -12.6

35 mm w/o barriers -1.30 to -1.40 -12.5 to -12.6

50 mm w/o barriers -1.30 to -1.40 -12.5 to -12.6

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.

5.1.7 Eccentricity ChannelsThe following sections describe how to test alarms, verify channels, and test OKlimits for channels configured as Eccentricity. The output values and alarmsetpoints are verified by varying the input Eccentricity signal level (both peak topeak amplitude and DC voltage bias) and observing that the correct results arereported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

Eccentricity channels can be configured for the following channel values andalarms:

Channel Values Alarms

Over Under

Peak to Peak X

Gap X X

Direct X X

5.1.7.1 Test Equipment and Software Setup - EccentricityThe following test equipment and software setup can be used as the initial setupneeded for all the Eccentricity channel verification procedures (Test Alarms,Verify Channels, and Test OK Limits).

Page 170: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

164

WARNINGApplication Alert

High voltage present.Contact could causeshock, burns, or death.Do not touch exposedwires or terminals.

Tests will exceed alarmsetpoint levels causingalarms to activate. Thiscould result in a relaycontact state change.

Application Alert

Disconnecting fieldwiring will cause a notOK condition.

Test Equipment Setup - EccentricitySimulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator and multimeter to COM and SIG of channel 1 with polarity as shown inthe figure on page 165 Eccentricity Test Setup). Set the test equipment asspecified below:

Power Supply Function Generator

-7.00 Vdc Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 5 HzAmplitude level: Minimum (AboveZero)

Page 171: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

165

Eccentricity Test Setup

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Function Generator

I/O Module

Keyphasor® Signal

40 kΩ

Keyphasor® I/O Module

100 µF

Page 172: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

166

Verification Screen Setup - EccentricityRun the Rack Configuration Software on the test computer. Choose Verificationfrom the Utilities menu and choose the proper Slot number and Channel numberthen click on the Verify button.

NoteIf the Timed OK Channel Defeat is enabled, the OK LED will not come onimmediately after you connect the test equipment. It will take 60 seconds for achannel to return to the OK status from not OK . If OK mode is configured forlatching, press the RESET button on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to returnto the OK status.

The following table directs you to the starting page of each maintenance sectionassociated with the Eccentricity Channels.

SectionNumber

Topic PageNumber

5.1.7.2 Test Alarms - Peak to Peak 167

5.1.7.2 Test Alarms - Gap 168

5.1.7.2 Test Alarms - Direct 169

5.1.7.3 Verify Channel Values - Peak to Peak 170

5.1.7.3 Verify Channel Values - Gap 171

5.1.7.3 Verify Channel Values - Direct 172

5.1.7.4 Test OK Limits 174

5.1.7.2 Test Alarms - EccentricityThe general approach for testing alarm setpoints is to simulate the eccentricitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The alarm levels are testedby varying the output from the test equipment and observing that the correctresults are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer. It is onlynecessary to test those alarm parameters that are configured and being used.The general test procedure to verify current alarm operation will includesimulating a transducer input signal and varying this signal:

1. to exceed over Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints.2. to drop below any under Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints.3. to produce a nonalarm condition.

Page 173: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

167

Peak to Peak

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.7.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Eccentricity).

3. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal level does notexceed any setpoint value for the pp mil bar graph.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for pp is green, and the Current Valuefield has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds thepp Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarmtime delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for pp changes colorfrom green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for pp remains yellow and that the Current Value Field stillindicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds thepp Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for ppchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for pp remains red and the Current Value Field stillindicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for pp changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

Page 174: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

168

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.7.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Eccentricity).

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage that is within the Gap setpointlevels on the Gap bar graph display of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Gap is green, and the CurrentValue still has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal just exceeds the GapOver Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarmtime delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changescolor from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the power supply such that the signal just exceeds the Gap OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changes colorfrom yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains red and that the Current Value Field stillindicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal reads below the OverAlarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe thatthe bar graph indicator for Gap changes color to green and that the CurrentValue Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the power supply to exceed the UnderAlarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

Page 175: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

169

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

Direct

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.7.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Eccentricity).

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a reading that is within the Direct setpointlevels on the Direct bar graph display of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal just exceeds the DirectOver Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarmtime delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Direct changescolor from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the power supply such that the signal just exceeds the Direct OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Direct changes colorfrom yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal reads below the OverAlarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe thatthe bar graph indicator for Direct changes color to green and that the CurrentValue Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

Page 176: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

170

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the power supply to exceed the UnderAlarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

5.1.7.3 Verify Channel Values - EccentricityThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate the eccentricitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The output levels are verifiedby varying the output from the test equipment and observing that the correctresults are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

Peak to Peak

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.7.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Eccentricity).

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the following equation andexamples.

Verification Input Signal =Peak to Peak Meter Full-scale × Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Page 177: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

171

Example 1:Peak to Peak Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

For Vrms input:Vrms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (2)= 0.707 Vrms

Example 2:Peak to Peak Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µm

Full Scale = (200 × 0.007874)= 1.5748 Vpp

For Vrms input:Vrms = (0.707/2) × (Vpp), for a sinewave input

= (0.707/2) × (1.574)= 0.5566 Vrms

4. Adjust the function generator amplitude for the calculated full scale. Verifythat the pp bar graph display and the Current Value Box is reading ±1 % offull scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (VerifyRecorder Outputs) for steps to verify recorder outputs.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.7.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Eccentricity).

Page 178: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

172

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to -18.00 Vdc on the Gapbar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph display and the CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of -18.00 Vdc. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify therecorder output.

4. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to the mid-scale on theGap bar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph display and currentvalue box is reading ±1 % of the mid-scale value. If the recorder output isconfigured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps toverify the recorder output.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

Direct

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.7.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Eccentricity).

3. Calculate the full-scale and bottom-scale values. These values can becalculated in the following way:

Full / Bottom Scale Value =Zero Position Voltage ± (Transducer Scale Factor × Scale Range)

NoteThe Zero Position Voltage is the voltage input that will cause the reading onthe bar graph display and the Current Value Box to be zero. The Zero PositionVolts value is displayed in the Z.P. Volts box above each channel value bargraph.

Page 179: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

173

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Full Scale =(Zero Position Voltage) - (Transducer Scale Factor × Top Meter Scale)

Bottom Scale =(Zero Position Voltage) + (Transducer Scale Factor × ABS (Bottom MeterScale))

Example 1:Transducer scale factor = 200 mV/milMeter scale range = 20-0-20 milZero Position Voltage = -9.75 Vdc

Full-Scale Value = (-9.75) - (0.200 × 20)= -13.75 Vdc

Bottom-Scale Value = (-9.75) + (0.200 × 20)= -5.75 Vdc

Example 2:Transducer scale factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmMeter scale range = 200-0-200 µmZero Position Voltage = -9.75 Vdc

Full-Scale Value = (-9.75) - (0.007874 × 200)= -11.3248 Vdc

Bottom-Scale Value = (-9.75) + (0.007874 × 200)= -8.1752 Vdc

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to match the voltage displayed in the Z.P.Volts Box. The Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box shouldread 0 mil (0 mm) ±1 %.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage for full scale. Verify that the Max value in theCurrent Value Box (the value on the left of the divider bar) is reading ±1 % offull scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (VerifyRecorder Outputs) for steps to verify the recorder output.

6. Adjust the power supply voltage for bottom scale. Verify that the Min value inthe Current Value Box (the value on the right of the divider bar) is reading±1% of bottom scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify the recorder output.

Page 180: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

174

7. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

8. Disconnect the power supply and multimeter and reconnect the PWR, COM,and SIG field wiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify thatthe OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 for all configured channels.

5.1.7.4 Test OK Limits - EccentricityThe general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This will cause achannel not OK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize). TheUpper and Lower OK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the testcomputer.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.7.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Eccentricity).

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box of the Verification screen reads OK.

NoteIf the Danger Bypass has been activated, then the BYPASS LED will be on.All other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed for the relay to beenergized.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See 3500/20 Rack Interface Module Operation andMaintenance Manual, part number 129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (upper limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK. Verify thatthe Upper OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen is equal to ormore positive than the input voltage.

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

Page 181: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

175

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes and that the ChannelOK State line in the Channel Status box reads OK.

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (lower limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in theChannel Status box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK.Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen isequal to or more negative than the input voltage.

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes, and the Channel OK Stateline in the Channel Status box reads OK.

13. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel 1 terminals on the Monitor I/O Module. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) and verify that the OKLED comes on and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels back to their originalsetting.

Page 182: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

176

Eccentricity Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower OK Limit(volts)

Upper OK Limit(volts)

7200 5 & 8 mm w/ barriers -2.70 to -2.80 -16.70 to -16.80

7200 5 & 8 mm w/o barriers -2.70 to -2.80 -16.70 to -16.80

7200 11 mm w/o barriers -3.50 to -3.60 -19.60 to -19.70

7200 14 mm w/o barriers -2.70 to -2.80 -16.70 to -16.80

3300 5 & 8 mm w/ barriers -2.70 to -2.80 -16.70 to -16.80

3300 5 & 8 mm w/o barriers -2.70 to -2.80 -16.70 to -16.80

3300 16 mm HTPS w/o barriers -2.70 to -2.80 -16.70 to -16.80

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.

5.1.8 Velocity ChannelsThe following sections will describe how to test alarms, verify channels, verifyfilter corner frequencies, and test OK limits for channels configured as Velocity.The output values and alarm setpoints are verified by varying the input signallevel and observing that the correct results are reported in the Verification screenon the test computer.

Velocity channels can be configured for the following channel values and alarms:

Channel Values AlarmsOver Under

Direct X

5.1.8.1 Test Equipment and Software Setup - VelocityThe following test equipment and software setup can be used as the initial set upneeded for all the verification procedures (Test Alarms, Verify Channels, VerifyFilter Corner Frequencies, and Test OK Limits).

Page 183: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

177

WARNINGApplication Alert

High voltage present.Contact could causeshock, burns, or death.Do not touch exposedwires or terminals.

Tests will exceed alarmsetpoint levels causingalarms to activate. Thiscould result in a relaycontact state change.

Application AlertDisconnecting the fieldwiring will cause a notOK condition.

Test Equipment Setup - SeismoprobeSimulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to COM and SIG / A of channel 1 with polarity asshown in the figure on page 178 (Seismoprobe Test Setup). Set the testequipment as specified below:

Power Supply Function Generator

-6.50 Vdc Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level: Minimum (above zero)

Test Equipment Setup - Velomitor (Proximitor/Seismic I/O)Simulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to COM and SIG / A of channel 1 with polarity asshown in the figure on page 179 (Velomitor Test Setup Proximitor/Seismic I/O).Set the test equipment as specified below.

Function Generator

Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level: Minimum (above zero)

Page 184: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

178

Test Equipment Setup - Velomitor (Proximitor/Velomitor and TMR I/O)Simulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to COM / A and SIG / B of channel 1 with polarity asshown in the figure on page 181 (Velomitor Test Setup with Proximitor/Velomitoror TMR I/O) . Set the test equipment as specified below.

Function Generator

Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level: Minimum (above zero)

Seismoprobe Test Setup

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Multimeter

2.49 kΩ

Page 185: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

179

Velomitor Test Setup With Proximitor/Seismic I/O

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

10 µF

4 kΩ

Page 186: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

180

Test Setup for Verifying the OK Limits of a Velomitor With Proximitor/Seismic I/O.

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Multimeter

Page 187: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

181

Velomitor Test Setup With Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O

1)Multimeter

2) Function Generator

3) Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Page 188: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

182

Test Setup for Verifying the OK Limits of a Velomitor With a Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O

1) Multimeter

2) Power Supply

3) Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Page 189: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

183

Verification Screen Setup - VelocityRun the Rack Configuration Software on the test computer. Choose Verificationfrom the Utilities menu and choose the proper Slot number and Channel numberthen click on the Verify button.

NoteIf the Timed OK Channel Defeat is enabled, it will take 30 seconds for achannel to return to the OK status from not OK . If OK MODE is configured forlatching, press the RESET button on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to returnto OK status.

The following table directs you to the starting page of each maintenance sectionassociated with the Velocity Channels.

SectionNumber

Topic Page Number

5.1.8.2 Test Alarms - Direct 184

5.1.8.3 Verify Channel Values - Direct 186

5.1.8.4 Verify Filter Corner Frequencies 187

5.1.8.7 Test OK Limits 192

5.1.8.2 Test Alarms - VelocityThe general approach for testing alarm setpoints is to simulate the Velocitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The alarm levels are testedby varying the output from the test equipment and observing that the correctresults are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer. It is onlynecessary to test those alarm parameters that are configured and being used.The general test procedure to verify current alarm operation will includesimulating a transducer input signal and varying this signal:1. to exceed over Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm2 Setpoints, and2. to drop below any under Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints, and3. to produce a nonalarm condition.

When varying the signal from an alarm condition to a nonalarm condition, alarmhysteresis must be considered. Adjust the signal well below the alarm setpointfor the alarm to clear.

Page 190: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

184

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR / B, COM, and SIG / A (PWR, COM / A, and SIG / B forProximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O) field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment:

For Seismoprobe:Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.8.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Velocity), use the setup shown onpage 178 (Seismoprobe Test Setup). If no filtering has been configured,leave the frequency of the function generator set to 100 Hz. If filtering isconfigured, the needed frequency can be calculated from the followingformula:

Frequency = (0.89 × HPF) + (0.1575 × LPF)

HPF = High-pass Filter Corner FrequencyLPF = Low-pass Filter Corner Frequency

If no filtering is configured, set the frequency of the function generator to 100Hz.

If a Low-pass Filter is configured and no High-pass Filter is configured, usethe following to determine the HPF to use in the formula:

- If the units are RMS, use a HPF of 10 Hz. For any otherconfiguration, use a HPF of 3 Hz.

If a High-pass Filter is configured and no Low-pass Filter is configured, use aLPF of 5,500 Hz.

Set the frequency of the function generator to this new value. The above isdone to obtain a test frequency in the center of the channel frequency range.

For Velomitor:Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.8.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Velocity), use the setup shown onpage 179 (Velomitor Test Setup, Proximitor/Seismic I/O) or page 181 forProximitor/Velomitor and TMR I/O. If no filtering has been configured, leavethe frequency of the function generator set to 100 Hz. If filtering isconfigured, calculate the needed frequency from the following formula:

Frequency = (0.89 × HPF) + (0.1575 × LPF)

HPF = High-pass Filter Corner FrequencyLPF = Low-pass Filter Corner Frequency

Page 191: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

185

If a low-pass filter is configured and no high-pass filter is configured, use HPF= 3 Hz

If a high-pass filter is configured and no low-pass filter is configured, use LPF= 5,500 Hz

Set the frequency of the function generator to this new value. The above isdone to obtain a test frequency in the center of the channel frequency range.

3. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce a reading that is belowthe Direct setpoint levels on the Direct bar graph display of the Verificationscreen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Direct changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

Page 192: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

186

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR / B, COM, and SIG /A (PWR, COM / A, and SIG / B for Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O) fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

5.1.8.3 Verify Channel Values - VelocityThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate the velocitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The channel values areverified by varying the output from the test equipment and observing that thecorrect results are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

NoteThese parameters have an accuracy specification of ±1 % of full-scale.

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR / B, COM, and SIG / A (PWR, COM / A, and SIG / B forProximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O) field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.8.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Velocity).

3. Calculate the verification frequency using the formulas in Section5.1.8.5,page 188. Adjust the function generator frequency to the calculated value.

4. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the procedure in Section 5.1.8.6, page188. Adjust the function generator (sinewave) amplitude to the calculatedvalue.

5. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box is reading±1 % of full-scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12(Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify the recorder output).

6. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

7. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR / B, COM, and SIG /A (PWR, COM / A, and SIG / B for Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O) fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for all configured channels.

Page 193: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

187

5.1.8.4 Verify Filter Corner FrequenciesThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate the Velocitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The corner frequencies areverified by varying the output from the test equipment and observing that thecorrect results are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

NoteIf the channel units are integrated, change the channel configuration to a non-integrated scale for this test. When the test is complete, return the channel toits original configuration.

1. Disconnect PWR / B, COM, and SIG / A (PWR, COM / A, and SIG / B forProximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O) field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.8.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Velocity).

3. Calculate the verification frequency using the formulas in Section 5.1.8.5,page 188. Adjust the function generator frequency to the calculated value.

4. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the procedure in Section 5.1.8.6, page188. Adjust the function generator (sinewave) amplitude to the calculatedvalue.

5. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box is readingfull-scale.

6. Adjust the function generator frequency to the low-pass filter cornerfrequency. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Boxis reading between 65 % and 75 % of full-scale.

7. Adjust the function generator frequency to the high-pass filter cornerfrequency. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Boxis reading between 65 % and 75 % of full-scale.

8. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

9. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR / B, COM, and SIG /A (PWR, COM / A, and SIG / B for Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O) fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 for all configured channels.

Page 194: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

188

5.1.8.5 Calculating Verification FrequencyThe procedures for verifying channel values and corner frequencies require thatyou use the following formulas to calculate the verification frequency:

Find the center of the Band-pass frequency range. Input the configured High-pass Filter Corner Frequency and the Low-pass Filter Corner Frequency into theformula below:

Vibration Frequency = (0.89 × HPF) + (0.1575 × LPF)

HPF = High-pass Filter Corner FrequencyLPF = Low-pass Filter Corner Frequency

If no filtering is configured, set the frequency of the function generator to 100 Hz.

If a Low-pass Filter is configured and no High-pass Filter is configured, use thefollowing to determine the HPF to use in the formula:

- If the units are RMS, use a HPF of 10 Hz. For any other configuration, use a

HPF of 3 Hz.

If a High-pass Filter is configured and no Low-pass Filter is configured, use aLPF of 5,500 Hz.

5.1.8.6 Calculating the Input Voltage for Full-scaleThe procedures for verifying channel values and corner frequencies require thatyou use the following formulas to calculate the input voltage for Full-scale. Tofind the Full-scale input voltage, use appropriate table or formula for integrated ornon-integrated units.

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification screen.

Page 195: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

189

Full Scale Formulas - No Integration

Units To Input RMS Volts To Input Peak to PeakVolts

in/s pk (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 0.707 (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 2

mm/s pk (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 0.707 (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 2

in/s rms (T.S.F x Full-scale) (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 2.82

mm/s rms (T.S.F x Full-scale) (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 2.82

To use the formulas, the T.S.F. should be in volts and the T.S.F and full-scalevalues should both be of the same unit system (metric or English). Thetransducer Scale Factor will always be specified as volts per inch/second pk orvolts per millimetre/second pk.

Example 1:Transducer Scale Factor = 500 mV/(in/s)Full Scale = 0.5 in/s pk

For Peak to Peak input:(0.500 × 0.5) × 2 = 0.5 Vpp

For Vrms input:(0.500 × 0.5) × 0.707 = 0.1767 Vrms

Example 2:Transducer Scale Factor = 19.69 mV/(mm/s)Full Scale = 20 mm/s pk

For Peak to Peak input:(0.01969 × 20) × 2 = 0.7876 Vpp

For RMS input:(0.01969 × 20) × 0.707 = 0.2784 Vrms

Page 196: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

190

Full Scale Formulas - Integration(For the following units: mil pp and µm pp)

To use the formulas, the Velocity Scale Factor should be in volts, and the Full-scale value and Velocity Scale Factor should be in English units. Use thefollowing conversion formulas to convert Metric units to English units:

Scale Factor:

Full-scale:

0.07071 x

FrequencyVelocity

typicalsinchV

unitsEnglish

FactorScale

units) (English scale-Full =

rms) (V

Voltage

Input

/

))/(/5.0

(

831.31

InputVoltage(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

31.831ScaleFactor

(English units0.5 V / (inch / s) typical)

Velocity Frequency

x 0.2

/

Velocity Scale Factor

(inch / s) =

VelocityScaleFactor

(mm / s) x 25.4

Full - Scale

(mil) =

Full - scale ( m)

25.4

µ

Page 197: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

191

Example:To calculate the input voltage for a channel with the following configuration:

Transducer Scale Factor = 19.69 mV/(mm/s)Full Scale = 100 µm ppHPF = 3 HzLPF = 3000 Hz

1. Convert Metric units to English units.

Scale Factor:

19.69 mV/(mm/s) × 25.4 = 500 mV/(in/s)

Full-scale:

2. Calculate the input voltage.

or

NoteThe accuracy of the reading will be affected by frequency values less than 20Hz and setting LPF 5.7 times away from the HPF.

100 m

25.4 = 3.9370 mil

µ

Input

Voltage

(V rms)

= 3.9370

31.8309

0.500

x 0.07071 = 0.4148 V rms

/ 94 8683.

Input

Voltage

(V pp)

= 3.9370

31.8309

0.500

x 0.2 = 1.173 V pp

/ 94 8683.

Page 198: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

192

5.1.8.7 Test OK Limits - Velocity

NoteIf the Danger Bypass has been activated, then the BYPASS LED will be on.All other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed for the OK relay to beenergized.

For Seismoprobes:The general approach for testing OK limit is to disconnect the input. This willcause a not OK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize).

1. Run the Verification Software as described in Section 5.1.8.1 (TestEquipment and Software Setup - Velocity).

2. Disconnect the SIG / A field wiring from the channel terminals on theProximitor / Seismic Monitor I/O Module.

3. Verify that the OK relay changes state (de-energized).

4. Verify that the Channel OK State line on the Verification screen reads notOK.

5. Reconnect the SIG / A field wiring to the channel terminals on the Monitor I/OModule. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) andverify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes.

6. Verify that the Channel OK State line on the Verification screen reads OK.

7. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for all configured channels.

For Velomitors with Proximitor/Seismic I/O Modules:The general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This will cause a notOK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize). The Upper andLower OK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the test computer.

1. Disconnect PWR / B, COM, and SIG / A field wiring from the channelterminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.8.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Velocity), page 180.

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

Page 199: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

193

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus section of the Verification screen reads OK.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See the 3500/20 Rack Interface Module Operation andMaintenance Manual, part number 129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (upper limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line on theVerification screen reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK.Verify that the Upper OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen isequal to or more positive than the input voltage.

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes. Verify that the ChannelOK State line in the Channel Status section reads OK.

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (lower limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in theChannel Status section reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates notOK. Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayed on the Verificationscreen is equal to or more negative than the input voltage.

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes, and the Channel OK Stateline in the Channel Status section reads OK.

13. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the power supply and multimeter and reconnect the PWR, COM,and SIG field wiring to the channel terminals on the Monitor I/O Module.Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) and verify thatthe OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels back to their originalsetting.

For Velomitors with Proximitor/Velomitor or TMR I/O Modules:Due to the requirements for increased robustness in the TMR system, the TMRI/O Module has a Velomitor interface that is different from the Prox/Seis I/OModule's Velomitor interface. The Proximitor/Velomitor I/O Module shares thisfeature with the TMR I/O. The effect of this difference is that the Velomitor signalinput to the I/O Module is 180 degrees out of phase from the correct Velomitorsignal. This inversion is compensated for in the TMR and Proximitor/Velomitor

Page 200: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

194

I/O Module. This means that when you input a test signal using a signalgenerator or DC power supply the buffered outputs on the front panel will beinverted in phase and will have a different DC voltage than the input. This willnot affect the actual vibration readings in the Monitor.

The general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This will cause a notOK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize). The Upper andLower OK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the test computer.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM / A, and SIG / B field wiring from the channelterminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.8.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Velocity), page 182.

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus section of the Verification screen reads OK.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See the 3500/20 Rack Interface Module Operation andMaintenance Manual, part number 129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (lower limit due to the inversion on the I/O Module). Verify that theChannel OK State line on the Verification screen reads not OK and that theOK Relay indicates not OK. Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayedon the Verification screen is equal to or more negative than the followingvalue.

For the TMR I/O Module:

Vinput - 20.84- Voltage Limit

OK Lower≤

For the Proximitor/Velomitor I/O Module:

Vinput - 2- Voltage Limit

OK Lower16.3≤

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes. Verify that the ChannelOK State line in the Channel Status section reads OK.

Page 201: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

195

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (upper limit due to the inversion on the I/O Card). Verifythat the Channel OK State line in the Channel Status section reads not OKand that the OK Relay indicates not OK. Verify that the Upper OK limitvoltage displayed on the Verification screen is equal to or more positive thanthe following value.

For the TMR I/O Module:

Vinput - 22.02- Voltage Limit

OK Upper≥

For the Proximitor/Velomitor I/O Module:

Vinput - .2- Voltage Limit

OK Upper334≥

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes, and the Channel OK Stateline in the Channel Status section reads OK.

13. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the power supply and multimeter and reconnect the PWR, COM /A, and SIG / B field wiring to the channel terminals on the Monitor I/OModule. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) andverify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels back to their originalsetting.

Page 202: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

196

Velocity Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower Ok Limit(volts)

Upper Ok Limit(volts)

9200 w/ &w/o barriers -2.0 to -2.1 -17.9 to -18.0

86205 w/ & w/o barriers -2.0 to -2.1 -17.9 to -18.0

47633 w/ & w/o barriers -2.0 to -2.1 -17.9 to -18.0

non std w/ &w/o barriers -2.0 to -2.1 -17.9 to -18.0

Velomitor (standard withInternal Barrier, Prox/Seis,or Prox/Velom I/O Module)

-4.1 to -4.2 -19.8 to -19.9

Velomitor (high temp withInternal Barrier, Prox/Seis,or Prox/Velom I/O Module)

-2.69 to -2.79 -21.21 to -21.31

Velomitor (standard withTMR I/O Module)

-4.1 to -4.2 -19.8 to -19.9

Velomitor (high temp withTMR I/O Module)

-4.1 to -4.2 -19.8 to -19.9

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.

5.1.9 Acceleration ChannelsThe following sections will describe how to test alarms, verify channels, verifyfilter corner Frequencies, and test OK limits for channels configured asAcceleration. The output values and alarm setpoints are verified by varying theinput signal level and observing that the correct results are reported in theVerification screen on the test computer.

Acceleration channels can be configured for the following channel values andalarms:

Channel Values AlarmsOver Under

Direct X

5.1.9.1 Test Equipment and Software Setup - AccelerationThe following test equipment and software setup can be used as the initial setupneeded for all the verification procedures (Test Alarms, Verify Channels, VerifyFilter Corner Frequencies, and Test OK limits).

Page 203: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

197

WARNINGApplication Alert

High voltage present.Contact could causeshock, burns, or death.Do not touch exposedwires or terminals.

Tests will exceed alarmsetpoint levels causingalarms to activate. Thiscould result in a relaycontact state change.

Application Alert

Disconnecting the fieldwiring will cause a notOK condition.

Test Equipment Setup - AccelerationSimulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to COM and SIG of channel 1 with polarity as shownin the figure on page 198 (Acceleration Test Setup). Set the test equipment asspecified below.

Power Supply Function Generator

-6.50 Vdc Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level: Minimum (abovezero)

Page 204: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

198

Acceleration Test Setup

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Verification Screen Setup - AccelerationRun the Rack Configuration Software on the test computer. Choose Verificationfrom the Utilities menu and choose the proper Slot number and Channel numberthen click on the Verify button.

NoteIf the Timed OK Channel Defeat is enabled, it will take 30 seconds for achannel to return to the OK status from not OK . If OK MODE is configured forlatching, press the RESET button on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to returnto the OK status.

Page 205: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

199

The following table directs you to the starting page of each maintenance sectionassociated with the Acceleration Channels.

SectionNumber

Topic PageNumber

5.1.9.2 Test Alarms - Direct 199

5.1.9.3 Verify Channels - Direct 201

5.1.9.4 Verify Filter Corner Frequencies 202

5.1.9.7 Test OK Limits 207

5.1.9.2 Test Alarms - AccelerationThe general approach for testing alarm setpoints is to simulate the Accelerationsignal with a function generator and power supply. The alarm levels are testedby varying the output from the test equipment and observing that the correctresults are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer. It is onlynecessary to test those alarm parameters that are configured and being used.The general test procedure to verify current alarm operation will includesimulating a transducer input signal and varying this signal:1. to exceed over Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints, and2. to drop below any under Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints, and3. to produce a nonalarm condition.

When varying the signal from an alarm condition to a nonalarm condition, alarmhysteresis must be considered. Adjust the signal well below the alarm setpointfor the alarm to clear.

Direct1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals on

the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.9.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Acceleration). If no filtering has beenconfigured, leave the frequency of the function generator set to 100 Hz. Iffiltering is configured, the needed frequency can be calculated from thefollowing formula:

Frequency = (0.89 × HPF) + (0.1575 × LPF)

HPF = High-pass Filter Corner FrequencyLPF = Low-pass Filter Corner Frequency

If no filtering is configured, set the frequency of the function generator to 100Hz.

Page 206: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

200

If a low-pass filter is configured and no high-pass filter is configured, use thefollowing to determine the HPF to use in the formula:

- If the units are integrated or rms, use a HPF of 10 Hz. For any otherconfiguration, use a HPF of 3 Hz.

If a high-pass filter is configured and no low-pass filter is configured, use thefollowing to determine the LPF to use in the formula:

- If the configuration is a single channel with no integration, use a LPFof 30 kHz.

- If the configuration is a single channel with integration, use a LPF of14.5 kHz.

- If the configuration is a dual channel pair, use a LPF of 9.155 kHz.

Set the frequency of the function generator to this new value. The above is doneto obtain a test frequency in the center of the channel frequency range.

3. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce a reading that is belowthe Direct setpoint levels on the Direct bar graph display of the Verificationscreen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Direct changes color to green. The Current

Page 207: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

201

Value Box should contain no indication of Alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

5.1.9.3 Verify Channel Values - AccelerationThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate theAcceleration signal with a function generator and power supply. The channelvalues are verified by varying the output from the test equipment and observingthat the correct results are reported in the Verification screen on the testcomputer.

NoteThese parameters have an accuracy specification of ±1 % of full scale.

Direct1. Disconnect PWR / B, COM, and SIG / A field wiring from the channel

terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.9.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Acceleration).

3. Calculate the verification frequency using the method in Section 5.1.9.5, page203. Adjust the function generator frequency to the calculated value.

4. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the formulas in Section 5.1.9.6, page203. Adjust the function generator (sinewave) amplitude to the calculatedvalue.

5. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box is reading±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12(Verify Recorder Outputs) for steps to verify the recorder output.

6. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

7. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR / B, COM, and SIG /A field wiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OKLED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on theRack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

Page 208: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

202

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for all configured channels.

5.1.9.4 Verify Filter Corner FrequenciesThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate theAcceleration signal with a function generator and power supply. The cornerfrequencies are verified by varying the output from the test equipment andobserving that the correct results are reported in the Verification screen on thetest computer.

NoteIf the channel units are integrated, change the channel configuration to a non-integrated scale for this test. When the test is complete, return the channel toits original configuration.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.9.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Acceleration).

3. Calculate the verification frequency using the method in Section 5.1.9.5, page203. Adjust the function generator frequency to the calculated value.

4. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the formulas in Section 5.1.9.6, page203. Adjust the function generator (sinewave) amplitude to the calculated.

5. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box is readingfull scale.

6. Adjust the function generator frequency to the Low-pass Filter CornerFrequency. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current ValueBox is reading between 65 % and 75 % of full scale.

7. Adjust the function generator frequency to the High-pass Filter CornerFrequency. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and Current Value Box isreading between 65 % and 75 % of full scale.

8. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

9. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 for all configured channels.

Page 209: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

203

5.1.9.5 Calculating Verification FrequencyThe procedures for verifying channel values and corner frequencies require thatyou use the following formulas to calculate the verification frequency.

Find the center of the Band-pass frequency range. Input the configured high-pass filter corner frequency and the low-pass filter corner frequency into theformula below:

Frequency = (0.89 × HPF) + (0.1575 × LPF)

HPF = High-pass Filter Corner FrequencyLPF = Low-pass Filter Corner Frequency

If no filtering is configured, set the frequency of the function generator to 100 Hz.

If a low-pass filter is configured and no high-pass filter is configured, use thefollowing to determine the HPF to use in the formula:

- If the units are integrated or rms, use a HPF of 10 Hz. For any otherconfiguration, use a HPF of 3 Hz.

If a high-pass filter is configured and no low-pass filter is configured, use thefollowing to determine the LPF to use in the formula:

- If the configuration is a single channel with no integration, use a LPF of30 kHz.

- If the configuration is a single channel with integration, use a LPF of 14.5kHz.

- If the configuration is a dual channel pair, use a LPF of 9.155 kHz.

5.1.9.6 Calculating the Input Voltage for Full-scaleThe procedures for verifying channel values and corner frequencies required thatyou use the following formulas to calculate the input voltage for full-scale. Tofind the full-scale input voltage, use appropriate table for integrated or non-integrated units.

NoteUse the transducer scale factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification screen.

Page 210: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

204

Full Scale Formulas - No Integration

Units To Input RMS Volts To Input Peak to PeakVolts

g peak (T.S.F. x Full-scale) x 0.707 (T.S.F. x Full-scale) x 2

g rms (T.S.F x Full-scale) (T.S.F. x Full-scale) x 2.82

m/s2 peak (T.S.F. x Full-scale) x 0.707 (T.S.F. x Full-scale) x 2

m/s2 rms (T.S.F x Full-scale) (T.S.F. x Full-scale) x 2.82

T.S.F = Transducer Scale Factor. To use the formulas, the T.S.F. should be involts and the T.S.F. and full-scale values should both be of the same unitsystem (metric or English). The transducer Scale Factor will always bespecified as volts per g pk or volts per m/s2 pk.

Example 1:Transducer Scale Factor = 100 mV/gFull Scale = 2 g peak

For Peak to Peak input:(0.100 × 2) × 2 = 0.4 Vpp

For Vrms input:(0.100 × 2) × 0.707 = 0.1414 Vrms

Example 2:Transducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/( m/s2)Full Scale = 20 m/s2 pk

For Peak to Peak input:(0.01019 × 20) × 2 = 0.4076 Vpp

For RMS input:(0.01019 × 20) × 0.707 = 0.1440 Vrms

Page 211: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

205

Full Scale Formulas - Integration(For the Following units: in/s pk, in/s rms, mm/s pk, mm/s rms)

To input rms volts for peak full scale units:

To input rms volts for rms full scale units:

To input peak to peak volts for peak full scale units:

To input peak to peak volts for RMS full scale units:

InputVoltage(V rms)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72Scale Factor(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

Velocity Frequency

x 0.3535

/

InputVoltage(V rms)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72Scale Factor(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

Velocity Frequency

x 0.5

/

InputVoltage(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72Scale Factor(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

Velocity Frequency

x 1.414

/

InputVoltage(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

30.72Scale Factor(English units

0.1 volts / g typical)

Velocity Frequency

/

Page 212: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

206

To use the formulas, the acceleration scale factor should be in volts, and the full-scale value and acceleration scale factor should be in English units. Use thefollowing conversion formulas to convert metric units to English units:

Scale Factor:

Full-scale:

Example:Transducer Scale Factor = 10.19 mV/( m/s2)Full Scale = 25 mm/sHPF = 10 HzLPF = 8000 Hz

1. Convert metric units to English units.

Scale Factor:

10.19 mV/(m/s2) × 9.8135 = 100 mV/g

Full-scale:

25 mm/s × 0.039372 = 1 in/s

2. Calculate the input voltage.

To Input RMS Volts for Peak Units

Full - Scale

(inch / s) =

Full - Scale

(mm / s) x 0.39372

Acceleration Scale Factor

(mV / g) =

Acceleration Scale Factor

(mV / (m /s )) x 9.81352

Input

Voltage

(V rms)

= 1

30.72

0.1

x 0.3535 = 0.3254 V rms

/ .282 84

Page 213: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

207

To Input Peak to Peak Volts for Peak Units

5.1.9.7 Test OK Limits – Acceleration

NoteIf the Danger Bypass has been activated, then the BYPASS LED will be on.All other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed for the OK relay to beenergized.

The general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This should cause a notOK condition and cause the OK Relay to change state. The Upper and LowerOK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the test computer.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.9.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup - Acceleration).

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus section of the Verification Display screen reads OK.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See 3500/20 Rack Interface Module manual, part #129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (upper limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line on theVerification screen reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK.Verify that the Upper OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen isequal to or more positive than the input voltage.

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes. Verify that the ChannelOK State line in the Channel Status section reads OK.

Input

Voltage

(V pp)

= 1

30.72

0.1

x 1 = 0.9207 V pp

/ .282 84

Page 214: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

208

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (lower limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in theChannel Status section reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates notOK. Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayed on the Verificationscreen is equal to or more negative than the input voltage.

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes, and the Channel OK Stateline in the Channel Status section reads OK.

13. If you can’t verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a ChannelFails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the power supply and multimeter and reconnect the PWR, COM,and SIG field wiring to the channel terminals on the I/O Module. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) and verify that the OKLED comes on and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels back to their originalsetting.

Page 215: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

209

Acceleration Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower Ok Limit(Volts)

Upper Ok Limit(Volts)

23733-03 w/o barriers -2.7 to -2.8 -15.0 to -15.1

23733-03 w/ barriers -3.05 to -3.15-2.7 to -2.8 *

-13.8 to -13.9-15.0 to -15.1 *

49578-01 w/o barriers -5.58 to -5.68 -11.32 to -11.42

49578-01 w/ barriers -5.29 to -5.39-5.58 to -5.68 *

-10.81 to -10.91-11.32 to -11.42 *

24145-02 w/o barriers -2.7 to -2.8 -15.0 to -15.1

155023-01 w/o barriers -5.58 to -5.68 -11.32 to -11.42

330400 w/ barriers -3.05 to -3.15-2.7 to -2.8 *

-13.8 to -13.9-15.0 to -15.10 *

330400 w/o barriers -2.7 to -2.8 -15.0 to -15.10

330425 w/ barriers -5.29 to -5.39-5.58 to -5.68 *

-10.81 to -10.91-11.32 to -11.42 *

330425 w/o barriers -5.58 to -5.68 -11.32 to -11.42

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.* = BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Page 216: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

210

5.1.10 Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration ChannelsThe following sections describe how to test alarms, verify channels, and test OKlimits for channels configured as Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration. The outputvalues and alarm setpoints are verified by varying the input vibration signal level(both peak to peak amplitude and DC voltage bias) and observing that thecorrect results are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration channels can be configured for the followingchannel values and alarms:

Channel Values Alarms

Over Under

Direct X

Gap X X

1X Amplitude and Phase X X

5.1.10.1 Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute RadialVibrationThe following test equipment and software setup can be used as the initial set upneeded for all the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration channel verificationprocedures (Test Alarms, Verify Channels, and Test OK Limits).

Application Alert WARNING

Tests will exceed alarmsetpoint levels causingalarms to activate. Thiscould result in a relaycontact state change.

High voltage present.Contact could causeshock, burns, or death.Do not touch exposedwires or terminals.

Page 217: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

211

Application Alert

Disconnecting the fieldwiring will cause a notOK condition.

Test Equipment Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration

Simulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to COM and SIG of channel 1 with polarity as shownin the figure below (Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Test Setup). Set the testequipment as specified below.

Power Supply Function Generator KeyphasorMultiplier/Divider

-7.00 Vdc Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level:Minimum (above zero)

Multiply Switch: 001Divide Switch: 001

Page 218: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

212

100 µF

Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Test Setup

1) Keyphasor® I/O Module2) Keyphasor® Signal3) Keyphasor® Multiplier/Divider4) Function Generator5) Power Supply6) Multimeter7) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

40 kΩ

-18V

Page 219: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

213

Verification Screen Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial VibrationRun the Rack Configuration Software on the test computer. Choose Verificationfrom the Utilities menu and choose the proper Slot number and Channel numberthen click on the Verify button.

NoteTimed OK Channel Defeat is enabled for Shaft Absolute Radial Vibrationchannels. It will take 30 seconds for a channel to return to the OK statusfrom a not OK condition.

The following table directs you to the starting page of each maintenance sectionassociated with the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Channels.

SectionNumber

Topic PageNumber

5.1.10.2 Test Alarms - Direct 213

5.1.10.2 Test Alarms - Gap 215

5.1.10.2 Test Alarms - 1X Amplitude 216

5.1.10.2 Test Alarms - 1X Phase 217

5.1.10.3 Verify Channel Values - Direct 219

5.1.10.3 Verify Channel Values - Gap 220

5.1.10.3 Verify Channel Values - 1X Amplitude 222

5.1.10.3 Verify Channel Values - 1X Phase 223

5.1.10.4 Test OK Limits 224

5.1.10.2 Test Alarms – Shaft Absolute Radial VibrationThe general approach for testing alarm setpoints is to simulate the vibration andKeyphasor® signal with a function generator. The alarm levels are tested byvarying the vibration signal (both peak to peak amplitude and DC voltage bias)and observing that the correct results are reported in the Verification screen onthe test computer. It is only necessary to test those alarm parameters that areconfigured and being used. The general test procedure to verify current alarmoperation will include simulating a transducer input signal and varying this signal:1. to exceed over Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints, and2. to drop below any under Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints and3. to produce a nonalarm condition.

When varying the signal from an alarm condition to a nonalarm condition, alarmhysteresis must be considered. Adjust the signal well below the alarm setpointfor the alarm to clear.

Page 220: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

214

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section5.1.10.1 (Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute RadialVibration).

NoteFor testing Alarms on Direct and Gap, there will be no need for items 1, 2,or 3 of the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Test Setup.

3. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce a reading that isbelow the Direct setpoint levels on the Direct bar graph display of theVerification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify thatthe OK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Direct changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can’t verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints. Ifthe monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test, goto Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

Page 221: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

215

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration).

NoteFor testing Alarms on Direct and Gap, there will be no need for items 1, 2,or 3 of the Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Test Setup.

3. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage that is within the Gap setpointlevels on the Gap bar graph display of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Gap is green and that the CurrentValue field has no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal just exceeds the GapOver Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarmtime delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changescolor from green to yellow and that the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the power supply such that the signal just exceeds the Gap OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Gap changes colorfrom yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Gap remains red and that the Current Value Field stillindicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the power supply voltage such that the signal reads below the OverAlarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe thatthe bar graph indicator for Gap changes color to green and that the CurrentValue Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on the

Page 222: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

216

Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 5 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the power supply to exceed the UnderAlarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

1X Amplitude (1X Ampl)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration).

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce areading that is within the 1X Ampl setpoint levels on the 1X Ampl bar graphdisplay of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 1X Ampl is green and that theCurrent Value field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the1X Ampl Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Amplchanges color from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Ampl remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the1X Ampl Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3 seconds afterthe alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X

Page 223: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

217

Ampl changes color from yellow to red and the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Ampl remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for 1X Ampl changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the function generator amplitude toexceed the Under Alarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

1X Phase

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration).

NoteIf you can not change the phase output, change the phase alarm setpoints toactivate the over and under phase alarms. The setpoints must be downloadedto the monitor to take effect.

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the phase to produce a reading that is within the1X Phase setpoint levels on the 1X Phase bar graph display of theVerification screen.

Page 224: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

218

NoteThe 1X Amplitude needs to be a minimum of 100 mV to get a valid 1X Phasereading.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 1X Phase OverAlert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase changescolor from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Phase remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 1X Phase OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase changescolor from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Phase remains red and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the phase such that the reading is below the Over Alarm setpointlevels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe that the bar graphindicator for 1X Phase changes color to green and that the Current Value Boxcontains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the phase to exceed the Under Alarmsetpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

Page 225: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

219

5.1.10.3 Verify Channel Values – Shaft Absolute Radial VibrationThe general approach for testing channel values is to simulate the vibration andKeyphasor input signal with a function generator. The output values are verifiedby varying the input vibration signal level (both peak to peak amplitude and DCvoltage bias) and observing that the correct results are reported in theVerification screen on the test computer.

NoteThese parameters have an accuracy specification of ±1 % of full scale foramplitude and ±3 degrees for phase.

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration).

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and examplesshown below. Adjust the amplitude of the function generator to thecalculated voltage.

Full Scale Voltage = Direct Meter Top Scale × Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:Direct Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

Example 2:Direct Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µm

Full Scale = (200 × 0.007874)= 1.5748 Vpp

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) for steps to verify therecorder output.

Page 226: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

220

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

Gap

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration).

3. If Gap is configured to read in volts , adjust the power supply to produce avoltage equal to -18.00 Vdc on the Gap bar graph display. Verify that theGap bar graph display and Current Value Box is reading ±1 % of -18.00 Vdc.If the recorder output is configured, Refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify RecorderOutputs ) for steps to verify recorder output.

4. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to mid-scale on the Gapbar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph display and Current ValueBox is reading ±1 % of the mid-scale value. If the recorder output isconfigured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) for steps toverify the recorder output. Go to step 8.

If Gap is configured to read in displacement units , calculate the full-scale andbottom-scale voltage using the following equation:

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Gap Full-Scale =Gap Zero Position Volts + (Gap Meter Top Scale × Transducer Scale Factor)

Example 1:Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/milScale Range is 15-0-15 mil (Gap Top Scale = 15 mil)Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Full Scale input = -9.75 Vdc + (15 × 0.200)= -6.75 Vdc

Page 227: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

221

Example 2:Transducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmScale Range is 300-0-300 µm (Gap Top Scale = 300 µm)Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Full Scale input = -9.75 Vdc + (300 × 0.007874)= -7.3878 Vdc

Gap Bottom-Scale =Gap Zero Position Volts - (Gap Meter Bottom Scale × Transducer Scale

Factor)

Example 1:Transducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/milScale Range is 15-0-15 mil (Gap Bottom Scale = 15 mil)Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Bottom Scale input = -9.75 Vdc - (15 × 0.200)= -12.75 Vdc

Example 2:Transducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmScale Range is 300-0-300 µm (Gap Bottom Scale = 300 µm)Gap Zero Position Volts = -9.75 Vdc

Gap Bottom Scale input = -9.75 Vdc - (300 × 0.007874)= -12.1122 Vdc

5. Adjust the power supply voltage to match the voltage displayed in the GapZero Position Volts Box. The Gap bar graph display and Current Value Boxshould read 0 mil (0 mm) ±1 %.

6. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to top scale (from step 3)on the Gap bar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph display andCurrent Value Box is reading ±1 % of top scale. If the recorder output isconfigured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) for steps toverify recorder output.

7. Adjust the power supply to produce a voltage equal to bottom scale (fromstep 3) on the Gap bar graph display. Verify that the Gap bar graph displayand Current Value Box is reading ±1 % of bottom scale. If the recorderoutput is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) forsteps to verify recorder output.

8. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

9. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LED

Page 228: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

222

comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 for all configured channels.

1X Amplitude (1X Ampl)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration).

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and examplesshown below. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculatedvoltage.

Full Scale Voltage = 1X Ampl Meter Top Scale X Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

Example 2:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmFull Scale = (200 × 0.007874)

= 1.5748 Vpp

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Verify that the 1X Ampl bar graph display and CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) for steps to verify recorderoutput.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other part

Page 229: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

223

of this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

1X Phase

NoteIf the test equipment is not capable of changing the phase output to a knownvalue, use the following procedure. If your test equipment can change thephase output to a known value, use the procedure on page 144.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration). Setthe Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one.

3. Attach one channel of a two channel oscilloscope to the vibration signalbuffered output and attach the other channel to the associated Keyphasor®

signal buffered output and observe the two signals simultaneously.

4. Measure the phase. 1X Phase will be measured from the leading edge of theKeyphasor® pulse to the first positive peak of the vibration signal. See theexample below (on page 224) which illustrates a phase of 45°. Observe the1X Phase bar graph display and Current Value Box; it should readapproximately what was measured above.

Page 230: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

224

Example:

1X = one cycle of vibration signal per shaft revolution.

5. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all configured channels.

5.1.10.4 Test OK LimitsThe general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This will cause achannel not OK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize). TheUpper and Lower OK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the testcomputer.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, and SIG field wiring from the channel terminals onthe I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.10.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration).

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

one cycle

0° 360°

PhaseLag= 45°

1XVibrationSignal

Time

KeyphasorSignal

Page 231: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

225

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box of the Verification screen reads OK.

NoteIf the Danger Bypass has been activated, then the BYPASS LED will be on.All other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed for the relay to beenergized.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See 3500/20 Rack Interface Module Operation andMaintenance Manual, part number 129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (upper limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK. Verify thatthe Upper OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen is equal to ormore positive than the input voltage.

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes. Verify that the ChannelOK State line in the Channel Status box reads OK.

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (lower limit). Verify that the Channel OK State line in theChannel Status box reads not OK and that the OK Relay indicates not OK.Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayed on the Verification screen isequal to or more negative than the input voltage.

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes and that the Channel OKState line in the Channel Status box reads OK.

13. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the Monitor I/O Module. Press the RESETswitch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) and verify that the OK LED comeson and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels back to their originalsetting.

Page 232: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

226

Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower OK Limit (volts) Upper OK Limit(volts)

7200 5&8 mm -2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

7200 11 mm -3.5 to -3.6 -19.6 to -19.7

7200 14 mm -2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

3300 5&8 mm -2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

3300XL 8 mm -2.7 to -2.8 -16.7 to -16.8

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.

5.1.11 Shaft Absolute Velocity ChannelsThe following sections will describe how to test alarms, verify channels, verifyfilter corner frequencies, and test OK limits for channels configured as ShaftAbsolute Velocity. The output values and alarm setpoints are verified by varyingthe input signal level and observing that the correct results are reported in theVerification screen on the test computer.

Shaft Absolute Velocity channels can be configured for the following channelvalues and alarms:

Channel Values AlarmsOver Under

Shaft Absolute Direct XShaft Absolute 1X

AmplX X

Shaft Absolute 1XPhase

X X

Direct X1X Amplitude X X

1X Phase X X

5.1.11.1 Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute VelocityThe following test equipment and software setup can be used as the initial set upneeded for all the verification procedures (Test Alarms, Verify Channels, VerifyFilter Corner Frequencies, and Test OK Limits).

Page 233: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

227

WARNINGApplication Alert

High voltage present.Contact could causeshock, burns, or death.Do not touch exposedwires or terminals.

Tests will exceed alarmsetpoint levels causingalarms to activate. Thiscould result in a relaycontact state change.

Application AlertDisconnecting the fieldwiring will cause a notOK condition.

Test Equipment Setup - SeismoprobeSimulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to the channel group terminals of channel 3 withpolarity as shown in the corresponding figures for either Alarm Testing, ChannelVerification, or 1X Amplitude and Phase Testing. Set the test equipment asspecified below:

Power Supply Function Generator

-6.50 Vdc Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level: Minimum (above zero)

Test Equipment Setup - Velomitor (Shaft Absolute I/O)Simulate the transducer signal by connecting the power supply, functiongenerator, and multimeter to the channel group terminals of channel 3 withpolarity as shown in the corresponding figures for either Alarm Testing, ChannelVerification, 1X Amplitude and Phase Testing, or Velomitor OK Limit Testing.Set the test equipment as specified below:

Function Generator

Waveform: sinewaveDC Volts: 0 VdcFrequency: 100 HzAmplitude level: Minimum (above zero)

Page 234: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

228

Seismoprobe Alarm Test Setup

1) Multimeter2) Function Generator3) Power Supply4) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

2.49 kΩ

Page 235: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

229

Seismoprobe Channel Verification Test Setup

1) Power Supply2) Multimeter3) Function Generator4) Power Supply5) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

2.49 kΩ

Page 236: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

230

Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup

1) Keyphasor® I/O Module2) Keyphasor® Signal3) Keyphasor® Multiplier/Divider4) Function Generator5) Power Supply6) Multimeter7) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)8) Power Supply

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

100 µF40 kΩ

2.49 kΩ

-18V

Page 237: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

231

Velomitor® Alarm Test Setup

1) Multimeter2) Power Supply3) Function Generator4) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

4 kΩ

10 µF

Page 238: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

232

Velomitor® Channel Verification Test Setup

1) Power Supply2) Multimeter3) Function Generator4) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

4 kΩ

10 µF

Page 239: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

233

Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup

1) Keyphasor® I/O Module2) Keyphasor® Signal3) Keyphasor Mutiplier/Divider4) Function Generator5) Multimeter6) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)8) Power Supply

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

4 kΩ 10 µF

40 kΩ 100 µF

-18V

Page 240: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

234

Velomitor® OK Limit Test Setup

1) Multimeter2) Power Supply3) Shaft Absolute I/O Module terminals (either External or Internal)

The Test Equipment outputs should be floating relative to earth ground.

Page 241: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

235

Verification Screen Setup – Shaft Absolute VelocityRun the Rack Configuration Software on the test computer. Choose Verificationfrom the Utilities menu and choose the proper Slot number and Channel numberthen click on the Verify button.

NoteIf the Timed OK Channel Defeat is enabled, it will take 30 seconds for achannel to return to the OK status from not OK . If OK MODE is configured forlatching, press the RESET button on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to returnto OK status.

The following table directs you to the starting page of each maintenance sectionassociated with the Velocity Channels.

SectionNumber

Topic PageNumber

5.1.11.2 Test Alarms – Shaft Absolute Direct 236

5.1.11.2 Test Alarms – Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl 237

5.1.11.2 Test Alarms – Shaft Absolute 1XPhase

238

5.1.11.2 Test Alarms – Direct 240

5.1.11.2 Test Alarms – 1X Amplitude 241

5.1.11.2 Test Alarms – 1X Phase 242

5.1.11.3 Verify Channel Values – ShaftAbsolute Direct

244

5.1.11.3 Verify Channel Values – ShaftAbsolute 1X Ampl

245

5.1.11.3 Verify Channel Values – ShaftAbsolute 1X Phase

246

5.1.11.3 Verify Channel Values – Direct 247

5.1.11.3 Verify Channel Values – 1X Ampl 248

5.1.11.3 Verify Channel Values – 1X Phase 249

5.1.11.4 Verify Filter Corner Frequencies 250

5.1.11.6 Test OK Limits 255

5.1.11.2 Test Alarms – Shaft Absolute VelocityThe general approach for testing alarm setpoints is to simulate the ShaftAbsolute and Velocity signals with a function generator and power supply. Thealarm levels are tested by varying the output from the test equipment andobserving that the correct results are reported in the Verification screen on thetest computer. It is only necessary to test those alarm parameters that are

Page 242: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

236

configured and being used. The general test procedure to verify current alarmoperation will include simulating a transducer input signal and varying this signal:1. to exceed over Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm2 Setpoints, and2. to drop below any under Alert/Alarm 1 and Danger/Alarm 2 Setpoints, and3. to produce a nonalarm condition.

When varying the signal from an alarm condition to a nonalarm condition, alarmhysteresis must be considered. Adjust the signal well below the alarm setpointfor the alarm to clear.

Shaft Absolute Direct (SA DIR)

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SIES/B, and SEIS/A field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment:

For Seismoprobe:Connect test equipment and run software as described in section5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity), usethe setup shown on page 228 (Seismoprobe AlarmTest Setup).

Set the frequency of the function generator 100 Hz.

For Velomitor:Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity), use thesetup shown on page 231 (Velomitor® Alarm Test Setup).

Set the frequency of the function generator to 100 Hz.

3. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce a reading that is belowthe Shaft Absolute Direct setpoint levels on the Shaft Absolute Direct bargraph display of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theShaft Absolute Direct Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3seconds after the alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graphindicator for Shaft Absolute Direct changes color from green to yellow and theCurrent Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute Direct remains yellow and that theCurrent Value Field still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theShaft Absolute Direct Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3

Page 243: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

237

seconds after the alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graphindicator for Shaft Absolute Direct changes color from yellow to red and thatthe Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute Direct remains red and that the CurrentValue Field still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute Direct changes color to greenand that the Current Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

101. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG,SEIS/A, and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/Omodule. Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes.Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OKLED.

11. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

Shaft Absolute 1X Amplitude (SA 1X)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate Test Setup for either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude and Phase TestSetup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce areading that is within the Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl setpoint levels on the ShaftAbsolute 1X Ampl bar graph display of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl is greenand that the Current Value field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theShaft Absolute 1X Ampl Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3

Page 244: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

238

seconds after the alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graphindicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl changes color from green to yellow andthe Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl remains yellow and that theCurrent Value Field still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theShaft Absolute 1X Ampl Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3seconds after the alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graphindicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl changes color from yellow to red andthe Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl remains red and that theCurrent Value Field still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl changes color togreen and that the Current Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Pressthe RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latchingalarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the function generator amplitude toexceed the Under Alarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

Shaft Absolute 1X Phase (SA 1X Ph)

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate Test Setup for either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude and Phase TestSetup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

Page 245: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

239

NoteIf you can not change the phase output, change the phase alarm setpoints toactivate the over and under phase alarms. The setpoints must be downloadedto the monitor to take effect.

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the phase to produce a reading that is within theShaft Absolute 1X Phase setpoint levels on the Shaft Absolute 1X Phase bargraph display of the Verification screen.

NoteThe 1X Amplitude needs to be a minimum of 100 mV to get a valid 1X Phasereading.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Phase is green,and the Current Value field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the Shaft Absolute 1XPhase Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for ShaftAbsolute 1X Phase changes color from green to yellow and the CurrentValue Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Phase remains yellow and that theCurrent Value Field still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the Shaft Absolute 1XPhase Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for ShaftAbsolute 1X Phase changes color from yellow to red and that the CurrentValue Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Phase remains red and that theCurrent Value Field still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the phase such that the reading is below the Over Alarm setpointlevels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe that the bar graphindicator for Shaft Absolute 1X Phase changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the phase to exceed the Under Alarmsetpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,

Page 246: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

240

go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SIES/B, and SEIS/A field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment:

For Seismoprobe:Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity), use thesetup shown on page 228 (Seismoprobe Alarm Test Setup).

Set the frequency of the function generator 100 Hz.

For Velomitor:Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity), use thesetup shown on page 231 (Velomitor® Alarm Test Setup).

Set the frequency of the function generator to 100 Hz.

3. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce a reading that is belowthe Direct setpoint levels on the Direct bar graph display of the Verificationscreen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for Direct is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates anAlarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains yellow and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds theDirect Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the

Page 247: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

241

alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for Directchanges color from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for Direct remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for Direct changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

11. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

12. Repeat steps 1 through 11 for all configured channels.

1X Amplitude (1X Ampl)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate Test Setup for either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude and Phase TestSetup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the function generator amplitude to produce areading that is within the 1X Ampl setpoint levels on the 1X Ampl bar graphdisplay of the Verification screen.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 1X Ampl is green and that theCurrent Value field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the1X Ampl Over Alert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3 seconds after thealarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Amplchanges color from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates an

Page 248: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

242

Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Ampl remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal just exceeds the1X Ampl Over Danger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 to 3 seconds afterthe alarm time delay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1XAmpl changes color from yellow to red and the Current Value Field indicatesan Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Ampl remains red and that the Current Value Fieldstill indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the function generator amplitude such that the signal reads below theOver Alarm setpoint levels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observethat the bar graph indicator for 1X Ampl changes color to green and that theCurrent Value Box contains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switchon the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the function generator amplitude toexceed the Under Alarm setpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A,SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module. Verifythat the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESETswitch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

1X Phase

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A, SEIS/B field wiring from the channelgroup terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate Test Setup for either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude and Phase TestSetup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

Page 249: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

243

NoteIf you can not change the phase output, change the phase alarm setpoints toactivate the over and under phase alarms. The setpoints must be downloadedto the monitor to take effect.

3. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Adjust the phase to produce a reading that is within the1X Phase setpoint levels on the 1X Phase bar graph display of theVerification screen.

NoteThe 1X Amplitude needs to be a minimum of 100 mV to get a valid 1X Phasereading.

4. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED is on, the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase is green, and the CurrentValue field contains no alarm indication.

5. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 1X Phase OverAlert/Alarm 1 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase changescolor from green to yellow and the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

6. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Phase remains yellow and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

7. Adjust the phase such that the reading just exceeds the 1X Phase OverDanger/Alarm 2 setpoint level. Wait for 2 or 3 seconds after the alarm timedelay expires and verify that the bar graph indicator for 1X Phase changescolor from yellow to red and that the Current Value Field indicates an Alarm.

8. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that thebar graph indicator for 1X Phase remains red and that the Current ValueField still indicates an Alarm.

9. Adjust the phase such that the reading is below the Over Alarm setpointlevels. If the nonlatching option is configured, observe that the bar graphindicator for 1X Phase changes color to green and that the Current Value Boxcontains no indication of alarms. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset latching alarms.

10. Repeat steps 3 through 9 to test the Under Alert/Alarm 1 and UnderDanger/Alarm 2 setpoints by adjusting the phase to exceed the Under Alarmsetpoint levels.

11. If you can not verify any configured alarm, recheck the configured setpoints.If the monitor still does not alarm properly or fails any other part of this test,go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

Page 250: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

244

12. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS/A,SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module. Verifythat the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESETswitch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for all configured channels.

5.1.11.3 Verify Channel Values - VelocityThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate the velocitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The Shaft Absolute RadialVibration signal (channels 1 or 2) will be zero, making the shaft absolute signalequal to the integrated velocity signal. The channel values are verified byvarying the output from the test equipment and observing that the correct resultsare reported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

NoteThese parameters have an accuracy specification of ±1 % of full-scale.

Shaft Absolute Direct (SA DIR)

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate transducer drawing, either Seismoprobe Channel VerificationTest Setup or Velomitor® Channel Verification Test SetupTest Setup.

3. Adjust the function generator frequency to 100 Hz.

4. Adjust the function generator (sinewave) amplitude to 100 Hz.

5. Verify that the Shaft Absolute Direct bar graph display and the Current ValueBox is reading ±1 % of full-scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer toSection 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) for steps to verify the recorderoutput).

6. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

7. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for all configured channels.

Page 251: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

245

Shaft Absolute 1X Amplitude (SA 1X)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate transducer drawing, either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude andPhase Test Setup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and examplesshown below. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculatedvoltage.

Full Scale Voltage = 1X Ampl Meter Top Scale X Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

Example 2:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmFull Scale = (200 × 0.007874)

= 1.5748 Vpp

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Verify that the Shaft Absolute 1X Ampl bar graphdisplay and Current Value Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorderoutput is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) forsteps to verify recorder output.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.

Page 252: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

246

Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

Shaft Absolute 1X Phase (SA 1X PH)

NoteIf the test equipment is not capable of changing the phase output to a knownvalue, use the following procedure. If your test equipment can change thephase output to a known value, use the procedure on page 144.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate transducer drawing, either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude andPhase Test Setup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

3. Attach one channel of a two channel oscilloscope to the vibration signalbuffered output and attach the other channel to the associated Keyphasor®

signal buffered output and observe the two signals simultaneously.

4. Measure the phase. 1X Phase will be measured from the leading edge of theKeyphasor® pulse to the first positive peak of the vibration signal. Since theShaft Absolute 1X signal is determined after integration of the velocity signal,you must subtract 90° from the phase measured with the input signal. Seethe example below (on page 224) which illustrates a phase of 45°. Aftersubtracting 90°, the phase will be 45° – 90° = -45°, or 315° . Observe the 1XPhase bar graph display and Current Value Box; it should read approximatelywhat was measured above, minus 90°.

Page 253: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

247

Example:1X = one cycle of vibration signal per shaft revolution.

5. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, and SIG fieldwiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verify that the OK LEDcomes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESET switch on the RackInterface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all configured channels.

Direct

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate transducer drawing, either Seismoprobe Channel VerificationTest Setup or Velomitor® Channel Verification Test SetupTest Setup.

3. Adjust the function generator frequency to 100 Hz.

4. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the procedure in Section 5.1.11.5, page252. Adjust the function generator (sinewave) amplitude to the calculatedvalue.

5. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box is reading±1 % of full-scale. If the recorder output is configured, refer to Section 5.1.12(Verify Recorder Outputs ) for steps to verify the recorder output).

6. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal is

one cycle

0° 360°

PhaseLag= 45°

1XVibrationSignal

Time

KeyphasorSignal

Page 254: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

248

correct. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

7. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for all configured channels.

1X Amplitude (1X AMPL)

NoteThe Keyphasor must be triggering and have a valid rpm value to check thisparameter.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate transducer drawing, either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude andPhase Test Setup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

3. Calculate the full-scale voltage according to the equation and examplesshown below. Adjust the function generator amplitude to the calculatedvoltage.

Full Scale Voltage = 1X Ampl Meter Top Scale X Transducer Scale Factor

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification Screen.

Example 1:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 10 milTransducer Scale Factor = 200 mV/mil

Full Scale = (10 × 0.200)= 2.000 Vpp

Example 2:1X Ampl Meter Top Scale = 200 µmTransducer Scale Factor = 7,874 mV/mm

= 7.874 mV/µmFull Scale = (200 × 0.007874)

= 1.5748 Vpp

Page 255: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

249

4. Set the Keyphasor multiplier/divider so that the multiply setting is one and thedivide setting is one. Verify that the 1X Ampl bar graph display and CurrentValue Box is reading ±1 % of full scale. If the recorder output is configured,refer to Section 5.1.12 (Verify Recorder Outputs ) for steps to verify recorderoutput.

5. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

6. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel terminals on the I/O module. Verifythat the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press the RESETswitch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for all configured channels.

1X Phase (1X PHASE)

NoteIf the test equipment is not capable of changing the phase output to a knownvalue, use the following procedure. If your test equipment can change thephase output to a known value, use the procedure on page 144.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate transducer drawing, either Seismoprobe 1X Amplitude andPhase Test Setup or Velomitor® 1X Amplitude and Phase Test Setup.

3. Attach one channel of a two channel oscilloscope to the vibration signalbuffered output and attach the other channel to the associated Keyphasor®

signal buffered output and observe the two signals simultaneously.

4. Measure the phase. 1X Phase will be measured from the leading edge of theKeyphasor® pulse to the first positive peak of the vibration signal. Since theShaft Absolute 1X signal is determined after integration of the velocity signal,you must subtract 90° from the phase measured with the input signal. Seethe example below (on page 224) which illustrates a phase of 45°. Aftersubtracting 90°, the phase will be 45° – 90° = -45°, or 315° . Observe the 1XPhase bar graph display and Current Value Box; it should read approximatelywhat was measured above, minus 90°.

Page 256: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

250

Example:1X = one cycle of vibration signal per shaft revolution.

5. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all configured channels.

5.1.11.4 Verify Filter Corner FrequenciesThe general approach for testing these parameters is to simulate the Velocitysignal with a function generator and power supply. The corner frequencies areverified by varying the output from the test equipment and observing that thecorrect results are reported in the Verification screen on the test computer.

NoteIf the channel units are integrated, change the channel configuration to a non-integrated scale for this test. This test cannot be performed on the ShaftAbsolute Direct, Shaft Absolute 1X, or 1X PPLs. When the test is complete,return the channel to its original configuration.

1. Disconnect PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A, and SEIS/B field wiring from thechannel group terminals on the I/O module.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity). Use theappropriate transducer drawing, either Seismoprobe Channel Verification

one cycle

0° 360°

PhaseLag= 45°

1XVibrationSignal

Time

KeyphasorSignal

Page 257: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

251

Test Setup or Velomitor® Channel Verification Test SetupTest Setup.

3. Adjust the function generator frequency to 100 Hz.

4. Calculate the full-scale voltage using the procedure in Section 5.1.11.5, page252. Adjust the function generator (sinewave) amplitude to the calculatedvalue.

5. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Box is readingfull-scale.

6. Adjust the function generator frequency to the low-pass filter cornerfrequency. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Boxis reading between 65 % and 75 % of full-scale.

7. Adjust the function generator frequency to the high-pass filter cornerfrequency. Verify that the Direct bar graph display and the Current Value Boxis reading between 65 % and 75 % of full-scale.

NoteIf the test equipment is setup for testing a Velomitor configuration, there will beattenuation of the input signal across the externally mounted 10 microfaradtest capacitor at frequencies below 10 Hz. To reduce this influence, measurethe amplitude of the input test signal between this capacitor and the ShaftAbsolute I/O module.

8. If the reading does not meet specifications, check that the input signal iscorrect. If the monitor still does not meet specifications or fails any other partof this test, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

9. Disconnect the test equipment and reconnect the PWR, COM, SIG, SEIS / A,and SEIS/B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the I/O module.Verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes. Press theRESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) to reset the OK LED.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 9 for all configured channels.

Page 258: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

252

5.1.11.5 Calculating the Input Voltage for Full-scaleThe procedures for verifying channel values and corner frequencies require thatyou use the following formulas to calculate the input voltage for Full-scale. Tofind the Full-scale input voltage, use appropriate table or formula for integrated ornon-integrated units.

NoteUse the Transducer Scale Factor displayed in the Scale Factor Box on theVerification screen.

Full Scale Formulas - No Integration

Units To Input Peak to Peak Volts

in/s pk (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 2

mm/s pk (T.S.F x Full-scale) x 2

To use the formulas, the T.S.F. should be in volts and the T.S.F andfull-scale values should both be of the same unit system (metric orEnglish). The transducer Scale Factor will always be specified asvolts per inch/second pk or volts per millimetre/second pk.

Example 1:Transducer Scale Factor = 500 mV/(in/s)Full Scale = 0.5 in/s pk

For Peak to Peak input:(0.500 × 0.5) × 2 = 0.5 Vpp

Example 2:Transducer Scale Factor = 19.69 mV/(mm/s)Full Scale = 20 mm/s pk

For Peak to Peak input:(0.01969 × 20) × 2 = 0.7876 Vpp

Page 259: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

253

Full Scale Formulas - Integration (For the following units: mil pp and µm pp)

To use the formulas, the Velocity Scale Factor should be in volts, and the Full-scale value and Velocity Scale Factor should be in English units. Use thefollowing conversion formulas to convert Metric units to English units:

Scale Factor:

Full-scale:

Example:To calculate the input voltage for a channel with the following configuration:

Transducer Scale Factor = 19.69 mV/(mm/s)Full Scale = 100 µm ppHPF = 3 HzLPF = 3000 Hz

1. Convert Metric units to English units.

Scale Factor:

19.69 mV/(mm/s) × 25.4 = 500 mV/(in/s)

InputVoltage(V pp)

= Full - scale (English units)

31.831ScaleFactor

(English units0.5 V / (inch / s) typical)

Velocity Frequency

x 0.2

/

Velocity Scale Factor

(inch / s) =

VelocityScaleFactor

(mm / s) x 25.4

Full - Scale

(mil) =

Full - scale ( m)

25.4

µ

Page 260: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

254

Full-scale:

2. Calculate the input voltage.

NoteThe accuracy of the reading will be affected by frequency values less than 20Hz and setting LPF less than 5.7 times away from the HPF.

100 m

25.4 = 3.9370 mil

µ

Input

Voltage

(V pp)

= 3.9370

31.8309

0.500

x 0.2 = 1.173 V pp

/ 94 8683.

Page 261: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

255

5.1.11.6 Test OK Limits - Velocity

NoteIf the Danger Bypass has been activated, then the BYPASS LED will be on.All other channels in the rack must be OK or bypassed for the OK relay to beenergized.

For Seismoprobes:The general approach for testing OK limits is to disconnect the input. This willcause a not OK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize).

1. Run the verification software as described in section 5.1.11.1 (TestEquipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity).

2. Disconnect the SEIS / A field wiring from the channel group terminals on theShaft Absolute I/O Module.

3. Verify that the OK relay changes state (de-energized).

4. Verify that the Channel OK State line on the Verification screen reads notOK.

5. Reconnect the SEIS / A field wiring to the channel terminals on the MonitorI/O Module. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM)and verify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes.

6. Verify that the Channel OK State line on the Verification screen reads OK.

7. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

8. Repeat steps 1 through 7 for all configured channels.

For Velomitors with Shaft Absolute I/O Modules:Due to the requirements for increased robustness in the system, the ShaftAbsolute I/O Module has a Velomitor interface that is different from the Prox/SeisI/O Module's Velomitor interface. The Shaft Absolute I/O Module shares thisfeature with the TMR I/O and Proximitor/Velomitor I/O module. The effect of thisdifference is that the Velomitor signal input to the I/O Module is 180 degrees outof phase from the correct Velomitor signal. This inversion is compensated for inthe Shaft Absolute, TMR, and Proximitor/Velomitor I/O Modules. This meansthat when you input a test signal using a signal generator or DC power supplythe buffered outputs on the front panel will be inverted in phase and will have adifferent DC voltage than the input. This will not affect the actual vibrationreadings in the Monitor.

The general approach for testing OK limits is to input a DC voltage and adjust itabove the Upper OK limit and below the Lower OK limit. This will cause a not

Page 262: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

256

OK condition and the OK Relay to change state (de-energize). The Upper andLower OK limits are displayed in the Verification screen on the test computer.

1. Disconnect SEIS / A, and SEIS / B field wiring from the channel group terminals on the I/Omodule.

2. Connect test equipment and run software as described in Section 5.1.11.1(Test Equipment and Software Setup – Shaft Absolute Velocity, Velomitor®OK Limit Test Setup), page 234.

3. Bypass all other configured channels.

4. Adjust the power supply voltage to -7.00 Vdc.

5. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that themonitor OK LED is on and that the Channel OK State line in the ChannelStatus section of the Verification screen reads OK.

6. Verify that the OK relay on the Rack Interface I/O Module indicates OK(energized). See the 3500/20 Rack Interface Module Operation andMaintenance Manual, part number 129768-01.

7. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) until the OK LED justgoes off (lower limit due to the inversion on the I/O Module). Verify that theChannel OK State line on the Verification screen reads not OK and that theOK Relay indicates not OK. Verify that the Lower OK limit voltage displayedon the Verification screen is equal to or more negative than the followingvalue.

For the Shaft Absolute I/O Module:

Vinput - - Voltage Limit

OK Lower90.16≤

8. Decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

9. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on and the OK relay energizes. Verify that the ChannelOK State line in the Channel Status section reads OK.

10. Gradually decrease the power supply voltage (less negative) until the OKLED just goes off (upper limit due to the inversion on the I/O Card). Verifythat the Channel OK State line in the Channel Status section reads not OKand that the OK Relay indicates not OK. Verify that the Upper OK limitvoltage displayed on the Verification screen is equal to or more positive thanthe following value.

Page 263: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

257

For the Shaft Absolute I/O Module:

Vinput - - Voltage Limit

OK Upper10.23≥

11. Increase the power supply voltage (more negative) to -7.00 Vdc.

12. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM). Verify that theOK LED comes back on, the OK relay energizes, and the Channel OK Stateline in the Channel Status section reads OK.

13. If you can not verify any configured OK limit, go to Section 5.1.13 (If aChannel Fails a Verification Test).

14. Disconnect the power supply and multimeter and reconnect the SEIS / A andSEIS / B field wiring to the channel group terminals on the Monitor I/OModule. Press the RESET switch on the Rack Interface Module (RIM) andverify that the OK LED comes on and the OK relay energizes.

15. Repeat steps 1 through 14 for all configured channels.

16. Return the bypass switch for all configured channels back to their originalsetting.

Velocity Default OK Limits Table

Transducer Lower Ok Limit(volts)

Upper Ok Limit(volts)

9200 -2.0 to -2.1 -17.9 to -18.0

non std -2.0 to -2.1 -17.9 to -18.0

Velomitor (standard withShaft Absolute, InternalBarrier, Prox/Seis, orProx/Velom I/O Module)

-4.1 to -4.2 -19.8 to -19.9

Velomitor (high temp withShaft Absolute InternalBarrier, Prox/Seis, orProx/Velom I/O Module)

-2.69 to -2.79 -21.21 to -21.31

Note: Assume ±50 mV accuracy for check tolerance.

Page 264: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

258

5.1.12 Verify Recorder OutputsThe following test equipment and procedure should be used in the verification ofthe recorder outputs. Recorder outputs for the 3500/42M Proximitor/SeismicMonitor Module are 4 to 20 mA.

1. Disconnect the COM and REC field wiring from the channel terminals on theI/O module.

2. Connect a multimeter to the COM and REC outputs of the I/O module. Themultimeter should have the capability to measure 4 to 20 mA.

3 If the proportional value is not Gap:Set the proportional value that the recorder is configured for to full-scale(Refer to the proportional value of the channel pair type you are testing in theVerify Channel Values portion of this manual). Verify that the recorder outputis reading 20 mA ±1 %. Go to step 4.

If the proportional value is Gap:Set the Gap proportional value to -18.00 Vdc (Refer to the proportional valueof the channel pair type you are testing in the Verify Channel Values portionof this manual). Verify that the recorder output is reading 16 mA ±1 %.

4. Set the proportional value that the recorder is configured for to mid-scale.Verify that the recorder output is reading 12 mA ±1 %.

Connect testequipmenthere.

Proximitor/Seismic I/OModule(InternalTermination)

Rcorder ExternalTermination Block(Euro StyleConnectors)

Recorder ExternalTermination Block(Terminal StripConnectors)

Page 265: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

259

5. Set the proportional value that the recorder is configured for to bottom-scale.Verify that the recorder output is reading 4 mA ±1 %.

6. Disconnect transducer input and verify that the recorder output matches theset monitor clamp value ±1 %.

7. If you can not verify the recorder output, the recorder configuration andconnections should be checked. If the monitor recorder output still does notverify properly, go to Section 5.1.13 (If a Channel Fails a Verification Test).

8. Disconnect the multimeter and reconnect the COM and REC field wiring tothe channel terminals on the I/O module.

9. Repeat steps 1 through 8 for all configured recorder channels.

5.1.13 If a Channel Fails a Verification TestWhen handling or replacing circuit boards, always be sure to adequately protectagainst damage from Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Always wear a proper wriststrap and work on a grounded conductive work surface.

1. Save the configuration for the module using the Rack Configuration Software.

2. Replace the module with a spare. Refer to the installation section in the 3500Monitoring System Rack Installation and Maintenance Manual (part number129766-01).

3. Return the faulty board to Bently Nevada Corporation for repair.

4. Download the configuration for the spare module using the RackConfiguration Software.

5. Verify the operation of the spare.

Page 266: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

260

5.2 Adjusting the Scale Factor and the ZeroPositionThis section shows how to adjust the transducer scale factor and the transducerposition, or "zero". The Scale Factor Adjustment can be used to accommodateany deviations in transducer scale factor as measured on the installedtransducers. Do not use the procedure to compensate for any errors within themonitor and the I/O module. If a monitor does not meet specifications, exchangeit with a spare and return the faulty module to Bently Nevada Corporation forrepair. The newly installed spare module should be properly configured andtested.

Adjusting the scale factor affects the readings of all configured parametersassociated with the channel. If you change the scale factor, be sure to use thenew value when calculating inputs for verification of channel values.

The Zero Position Adjustment is used for Thrust, Eccentricity, and DifferentialExpansion measurements as well as for Gap measurements when Gap isconfigured to read in displacement units (not volts). Adjust the zero position afterthe probe is gapped and its target is in the proper position.

Both adjustment procedures consist of using the Rack Configuration Software toupload the configuration from the rack, change the setting for scale factor or zeroposition, and then downloading the new configuration back to the rack. You canadjust these settings using the following two methods:

enter a new value in the scale factor box on the transducer screen or the zeroposition box on the Channel Options screen.

use Adjust to get immediate feedback from the channel on the Adjust screen.

The advantage of using the Adjust screen is that you can use the bar graphs tosee the effect of your adjustments on the output signals of the channel. Thefollowing procedures show how to use the methods.

5.2.1 Adjusting the Scale Factor1. Connect the configuring computer to the rack using one of the methods listed

in the 3500 Monitoring System Rack Configuration and Utilities Guide (partnumber 129777-01).

2. Run the Rack Configuration Software.

3. Initiate communication with the rack by clicking on the Connect option in theFile menu and then selecting the connection method that you used in step 1.

4. Upload the configuration from the rack by clicking on the Upload option in theFile menu.

5. Click on the Options button on the 3500 System Configuration screen.

Page 267: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

261

6. Select the monitor you want to adjust. The Monitor screen will appear.

7. Select the Options button under the appropriate Channel. The configuredChannel Options screen will appear.

8. Select the Customize button in the Transducer Selection box. A Transducerscreen will appear.

9. Enter a value for scale factor in the Scale Factor box. If you go to the Adjustscreen by selecting Adjust , be sure to adjust the input to the channel awayfrom the Zero Position so you can adjust the scale factor and see the results.

10. Return to the 3500 System Configuration screen by clicking on the OKbuttons of the successive screens. The new scale factor is now added to theconfiguration for this channel.

11. Download the new configuration to the appropriate monitor by selectingDownload from the File menu. The new setting for scale factor will takeeffect when the "Download successful" prompt appears.

5.2.2 Zero Position Adjustment Description

When adjusting the Zero Position voltage, you aredefining the transducer voltage corresponding to theposition of the zero indication on a bar graph display(refer to the adjacent figure).

For maximum amount of zero adjustment, gap thetransducer as close as possible to the ideal zeroposition voltage based on the full-scale range andtransducer scale factor. For a mid-scale zero, as inthe example, the ideal gap is the center of the range.The tables below specify the center of the range foreach transducer and monitor type. -25

-20

-15

-10

-5

0

5

10

15

20

25

Thrust PositionBargraph

Page 268: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

262

Radial Vibration Ok Limits and Center Gap Voltage

Transducer Upper Ok Limits Lower Ok Limits Center Gap Voltage

w/obarrier

(v)

w/ barrier(v)

w/obarrier(v)

w/ barrier(v)

w/obarrier (v)

w/ barrier(v)

3300 5mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

3300 8mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 5mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 8mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 11mm -19.65 n/a -3.55 n/a -11.6 n/a

7200 14mm -16.75 n/a -2.75 n/a -9.75 n/a

3000 (18V) -12.05 n/a -2.45 n/a -7.25 n/a

3000 (24V) -15.75 n/a -3.25 n/a -9.5 n/a

3300 RAM -12.55 -12.15 -2.45 -2.45 -7.5 -7.3

3300 16mmHTPS

-16.75 n/a -2.75 n/a -9.75 n/a

Note: With Barriers includes BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Page 269: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

263

Thrust Position Ok Limits and Center Gap Voltage

TransducerUpper Ok Limits Lower Ok Limits Center Gap Voltage

w/obarrier

(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier

(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier (V)

w/ barrier(V)

3300 5mm -19.04 -18.2 -1.28 -1.1

-1.28*

-10.16 -9.65

-9.74*

3300 8mm -19.04 -18.2 -1.28 -1.1

-1.28*

-10.16 -9.65

-9.74*

7200 5mm -19.04 -18.2 -1.28 -1.1

-1.28*

-10.16 -9.65

-9.74*

7200 8mm -19.04 -18.2 -1.28 -1.1

-1.28*

-10.16 -9.65

-9.74*

7200 11mm -20.39 n/a -3.55 n/a -11.97 n/a

7200 14mm -18.05 n/a -1.65 N/a -9.85 n/a

3000 (-18V) -13.14 n/a -1.16 n/a -7.15 n/a

3000 (-24V) -16.85 n/a -2.25 n/a -9.55 n/a

3300 RAM -13.14 -12.35 -1.16 -1.05

-1.16*

-7.15 -6.7

-6.76*

3300 16mmHTPS

-18.05 n/a -1.65 n/a -9.85 n/a

* BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Page 270: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

264

Differential Expansion Ok Limits and Center Gap Voltage

Transducer Upper Ok Limits Lower Ok Limits Center Gap Voltage

25 mm -12.55 -1.35 -6.95

35 mm -12.55 -1.35 -6.95

50 mm -12.55 -1.35 -6.95

Eccentricity Ok Limits and Center Gap Voltage

Transducer Upper Ok Limits Lower Ok Limits Center Gap Voltage

w/obarrier

(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier

(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier (V)

w/ barrier(V)

3300 5mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

3300 8mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 5mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 8mm -16.75 -16.75 -2.75 -2.75 -9.75 -9.75

7200 11mm -19.65 n/a -3.55 n/a -11.6 n/a

7200 14mm -16.75 n/a -2.75 n/a -9.75 n/a

3300 16mmHTPS

-16.75 n/a -2.75 n/a -9.75 n/a

Note: With Barriers includes BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Page 271: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

265

Acceleration Ok Limits and Center Gap Voltage

Transducer Upper Ok Limits Lower Ok Limits Center Gap Voltage

w/obarrier

(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier

(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier (V)

w/ barrier(V)

23733-03 -15.05 -13.85

-15.05*

-2.75 -3.10

-2.75*

-8.90 -8.475

-8.90*

24145-02 -15.05 n/a -2.75 n/a -8.90 n/a

330400 -15.05 -13.85

-15.05*

-2.75 -3.10

-2.75*

-8.90 -8.475

-8.90*

330425 -11.37 -10.86

-11.37*

-5.63 -5.34

-5.63*

-8.50 -8.10

-8.50*

49578-01 -11.37 -10.86

-11.37*

-5.63 -5.34

-5.63*

-8.50 -8.10

-8.50*

155023-01 -11.37 n/a -5.63 n/a -8.50 n/a

* BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Velocity Ok Limits and Center Gap Voltage

Transducer Upper Ok Limits Lower Ok Limits Center Gap Voltagew/o

barrier(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier

(V)

w/ barrier(V)

w/obarrier (V)

w/ barrier(V)

9200 -17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

47633 -17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

86205 -17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

NonStandard

-17.95 -17.95 -2.05 -2.05 -10.00 -10.00

Velomitor -19.85 -17.95

-19.85*

-4.15 -2.05

-4.15*

-12.00 -10.00

-12.00*

High TempVelomitor

-21.26 -21.26 -2.74 -2.74 -12.00 -12.00

* BNC Internal Barrier I/O Modules.

Page 272: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

266

When increasing or decreasing the zero position voltage, you are actuallymapping the monitor full scale range to a portion of the transducer linear range.The zero position voltage adjustment range is dependent upon the full-scalerange of the proportional value being adjusted, the transducer scale factor, andthe transducer Ok limits. The following example shows how these parametersare related to the zero position voltage range.

Channel Pair Type: Thrust PositionDirect Full Scale Range: -40-0-40 milsTransducer Type: 3300 8mmScale Factor: 200 mV/milOk Limits: -19.04 (upper)

-1.28 (lower)

5.2.3 Adjusting the Zero Position1. Connect the configuring computer to the rack using one of the methods listed

in the 3500 Monitoring System Rack Configuration and Utilities Guide (partnumber 129777-01).

2. Run the Rack Configuration Software.

3. Initiate communication with the rack by clicking on the Connect option in theFile menu and then selecting the connection method that you used in step 1.

4. Upload the configuration from the rack by clicking on the Upload option in the

-1.28

-19.04

-10.16-9.33

-10.99

Lower Ok Limit

Upper Ok Limit

Max Zero Adj

Min Zero Adj

Center of RangePositionRange

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

-2.99V

40

-30

-40

-18.99V

Scale at maxzero adj

-20

-10

0

10

20

30

-1.3

40

-30

-40

-17.

Scale at minzero adj

Zero

Page 273: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

267

File menu.

5. Select the Options button on the 3500 System Configuration screen.

6. Select the monitor you want to adjust. The Monitor screen will appear.

7. Select the Options button under the appropriate Channel. The ChannelOptions screen will appear.

8. Enter the voltage in the Zero Position or the Gap Position box. Changes arelimited to the values listed adjacent to the box. If you go to the Adjust screenby selecting Adjust , you can adjust the Zero Position and see the results.

9. Return to the 3500 System Configuration screen by clicking on OK buttons inthe successive screens. The new Zero Position or Gap Position is nowadded to the configuration for this channel.

10. Download the new configuration to the appropriate monitor by selecting theDownload option in the File menu and then selecting the appropriatemonitor. The new setting for Zero Position will take effect when the"Download successful" prompt appears.

Page 274: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

268

5.3 Performing Firmware Upgrades

Occasionally it may be necessary to replace the original firmware that is shippedwith the 3500/42M Proximitor Monitor. The following instructions describe how toremove the existing firmware and replace it with upgrade firmware. The monitorwill need to be reconfigured using the 3500 Rack Configuration software afterhaving its firmware upgraded.

The following items will be required to perform a firmware upgrade to themonitor:

Large Flathead Screwdriver.

Grounding Wrist Strap.*

IC Removal Tool.*

Upgrade Firmware IC.*

*Refer to Section 7 for part numbers. Users may use their own grounding wriststrap or IC removal tool.

5.3.1 Installation ProcedureThe following steps will need to be followed to complete the monitor firmwareupgrade:

Ensure that the monitor’s configuration is saved using the 3500 RackConfiguration software.

Refer to Section 1.2 before handling the monitor or the upgrade firmware IC.

Remove the monitor from the 3500 rack.

Remove the Top Shield from the monitor.

Remove the original firmware ICs from the monitor PWA.

Install the upgrade firmware ICs into the socket on the monitor PWA.

Replace the monitor Top Shield.

Replace the monitor into the 3500 system.

Reconfigure the monitor using the 3500 Rack Configuration software.

Detailed instructions for some of the steps listed above are provided on thefollowing pages. Please review completely before proceeding.

Page 275: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

269

Top Shield Removal

Top Shield.Standoff.Screwdriver.

Step 1. Place the large flathead screwdriver under the top shield and on theridge of the rear standoffs and lift upward on the screwdriver to pop the coverloose from the rear standoffs.

Step 2. Move the top shield up and down to work it loose from the two frontstandoffs.

Page 276: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

270

Original Firmware IC Removal

Step 1. Insert the removal tool in one of the two slots at the corner of the socketon the PWA. The diagram shows the approximate location of the chips to beremoved, but not necessarily its orientation. The chips are not interchangeable,but they will not be damaged if they are swapped.

A) 141860-02

B) 141860-01

Step 2. Slightly lift the corner of the chip by gently pulling back on the tool. Moveto the other slotted corner and repeat. Continue this process until the chip comesloose from the socket. Remove both chips.

Page 277: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Maintenance

271

Upgrade Firmware IC Installation

Install the upgrade firmware IC or ICs into the PWA. Be sure that the keyedcorner on the IC is matched to the keyed corner of the socket. Ensure that the ICis firmly seated in the socket.

Top Shield Replacement

Replace the top shield. Be sure that the notch on the top shield is positioned atthe top left corner of the module as shown in the diagram under “Top ShieldRemoval”. Align the holes in the top shield with the standoffs and press downaround each standoff until they snap in place.

Page 278: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

272

6. TroubleshootingThis section describes how to troubleshoot a problem with theProximitor®/Seismic Monitor or the I/O module by using the informationprovided by the self-test, the LED’s, the System Event List, and the Alarm EventList.

6.1 Self-testTo perform the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor self-test:

1. Connect a computer running the Rack Configuration Software to the 3500rack (if needed).

2. Select Utilities from the main screen of the Rack Configuration Software.

3. Select System Events/Module Self-test from the Utilities menu.

4. Press the Module Self-test button on the System Events screen.

Application Alert

Machinery protection willbe lost while the self-testis being performed.

5. Select the slot that contains the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor and press theOK button. The Proximitor/Seismic Monitor will perform a full self-test andthe System Events screen will be displayed. The list will not contain theresults of the self-test.

6. Wait 30 seconds for the module to run a full self-test.

7. Press the Latest Events button. The System Events screen will be updatedto include the results of the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor self-test.

8. Verify if the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor passed the self-test. If the monitorfailed the self-test, refer to Section 6.3 (System Event List Messages).

Page 279: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

273

6.2 LED Fault ConditionsThe following table shows how to use the LED’s to diagnose and correctproblems.

OK Led TX/RX BYPASS Condition Solution

1 Hz 1 Hz Monitor is notconfigured, is inConfiguration Mode, orin Calibration Mode.

Reconfigure theMonitor, or exitConfiguration, orCalibration Mode.

5 Hz Monitor error Check the SystemEvent List for severity.

ON Flashing Module is operatingcorrectly

No action required.

OFF Monitor is not operatingcorrectly or thetransducer has faultedand has stoppedproviding a valid signal.

Check the SystemEvent List and theAlarm Event List.

2 Hz Monitor is configured forTimed OK ChannelDefeat and has been notOK since the last timethe RESET button waspressed.

Press the Resetbutton on the RackInterface Module.Check the SystemEvent List.

Notflashing

Monitor is not operatingcorrectly.

Monitor is notexecuting alarmingfunctions. Replaceimmediately.

OFF Alarm Enabled No action required.

ON Some or all AlarmingDisabled

No action required.

= Behavior of the LED is not related to the condition.

Page 280: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

274

6.3 System Event List MessagesThis section describes the System Event List Messages that are entered by theProximitor/Seismic Monitor and gives an example of one.

Example of a System Event List Message:

SequenceNumber

EventInformation

EventNumber

Class EventDateDDMMYY

EventTime

EventSpecific

Slot

0000000123 Device NotCommunicating

32 1 02/01/90 12:24:31:99 5L

Sequence Number: The number of the event in the System Event List (forexample 123).

Event Information: The name of the event (for example Device NotCommunicating).

Event Number: Identifies a specific event.

Class: Used to display the severity of the event. The followingclasses are available:

Class Value Classification

0123

Severe/Fatal EventPotential Problem Event

Typical logged EventReserved

Event Date: The date the event occurred.

Event Time: The time the event occurred.

Event Specific: It provides additional information for the events that usethis field.

Slot: Identifies the module that the event is associated with. If ahalf-height module is installed in the upper slot or a full-height module is installed, the field will be 0 to 15. If ahalf-height module is installed in the lower slot, then thefield will be 0L to 15L. For example, a module installed inthe lower position in slot 5 would be 5L.

Page 281: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

275

The following System Event List Messages may be placed in the list by theProximitor/Seismic Monitor and are listed in numerical order. If an event marked with a star(*) occurs the Proximitor/Seismic Monitor will stop alarming. If you are unable to solve anyproblems contact your nearest Bently Nevada Corporation office.

Flash Memory FailureEvent Number: 11Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventAction: Replace the Monitor Module as soon as possible.

EEPROM Memory FailureEvent Number: 13Event Classification: Potential Problem or Severe / Fatal EventAction: Replace the Monitor Module as soon as possible.

Device Not CommunicatingEvent Number: 32Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Check to see if one of the following components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the rack backplane

Device Is CommunicatingEvent Number: 33Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Check to see if one of the following components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the rack backplane

* Neuron FailureEvent Number: 34Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventAction: Replace the Monitor Module immediately.

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

* I/O Module MismatchEvent Number: 62Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventAction: Verify that the type of I/O module installed matches what was

selected in the software. If the correct I/O module is installed, theremay be a fault with the Monitor Module or the Monitor I/O module.Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Page 282: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

276

I/O Module CompatibleEvent Number: 63Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventAction: Verify that the type of I/O module installed matches what was

selected in the software. If the correct I/O module is installed, theremay be a fault with the Monitor Module or the Monitor I/O module.

* Fail I/O Jumper CheckEvent Number: 64Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventAction: Verify that the type of I/O module installed matches what was

selected in the software. If the correct I/O module is installed, theremay be a fault with the Monitor Module or the Monitor I/O module.Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Pass I/O Jumper CheckEvent Number: 65Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventAction: Verify that the type of I/O module installed matches what was

selected in the software. If the correct I/O module is installed, theremay be a fault with the Monitor Module or the Monitor I/O module.

Fail Main Board +5V-A (Fail Main Board +5V - upper Power Supply)Event Number: 100Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot

Pass Main Board +5V-A (Pass Main Board +5V - upper Power Supply)Event Number: 101Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot

Fail Main Board +5V-B (Fail Main Board +5V - lower Power Supply)Event Number: 102Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Page 283: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

277

Pass Main Board +5V-B (Pass Main Board +5V - lower Power Supply)Event Number: 103Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

* Fail Main Board +5V-AB (Fail Main Board +5V - upper and lowerPower Supplies)

Event Number: 104Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Pass Main Board +5V-AB (Pass Main Board +5V - upper and lowerPower Supplies)

Event Number: 105Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Fail Main Board +15V-A (Fail Main Board +15V - upper Power Supply)Event Number: 106Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot

Pass Main Board +15V-A (Pass Main Board +15V - upper Power Supply)Event Number: 107Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot

Page 284: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

278

Fail Main Board +15V-B (Fail Main Board +15V - lower Power Supply)Event Number: 108Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Pass Main Board +15V-B (Pass Main Board +15V - lower Power Supply)Event Number: 109Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

* Fail Main Board +15V-AB (Fail Main Board +15V - upper and lower PowerSupplies)

Event Number: 110Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Pass Main Board +15V-AB (Pass Main Board +15V - upper and lowerPower Supplies)

Event Number: 111Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Fail Main Board -24V-A (Fail Main Board -24V - upper Power Supply)Event Number: 112Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot

Page 285: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

279

Pass Main Board -24V-A (Pass Main Board -24V - upper Power Supply)Event Number: 113Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot

Fail Main Board -24V-B (Fail Main Board -24V - lower Power Supply)Event Number: 114Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Pass Main Board -24V-B (Pass Main Board -24V - lower Power Supply)Event Number: 115Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

* Fail Main Board -24V-AB (Fail Main Board -24V - upper and lowerPower Supplies)

Event Number: 116Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slotMonitor Module will stop alarming.

Pass Main Board -24V-AB (Pass Main Board -24V - upper and lowerPower Supplies)

Event Number: 117Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

Page 286: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

280

Fail Main Board -24V-A or B (Fail Main Board -24V Pre-Regulation)*Event Number: 158Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

*This event will only be return by the 3500/40M and only if the rack isconfigured for two power supplies.

Pass Main Board -24V-A or B (Pass Main Board -24V Pre-Regulation)*Event Number: 159Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

* This event will only be return by the 3500/40M and only if the rack isconfigured for two power supplies.

* Fail Main Board +3.3V-AB (Fail Main Board +3.3V)Event Number: 162Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slotMonitor Module will stop alarming.

Pass Main Board +3.3V-AB (Pass Main Board +3.3V)Event Number: 163Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

* Fail Main Board +2.5V-AB (Fail Main Board +2.5V)Event Number: 164Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

Page 287: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

281

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slotMonitor Module will stop alarming.

Pass Main Board +2.5V-AB (Pass Main Board +2.5V)Event Number: 165Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that noise from the power source is not causing the problem. If

the problem is not caused by noise, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the Power Supply installed in the upper slot- the Power Supply installed in the lower slot

* Configuration FailureEvent Number: 301Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Download a new configuration to the Monitor Module. If the problem

still exists replace the Monitor Module immediately.Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Configuration FailureEvent Number: 301Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Download a new configuration to the Monitor Module. If the problem

still exists replace the Monitor Module as soon as possible.

* Module Entered Cfg Mode (Module Entered Configuration Mode)Event Number: 302Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Software Switches ResetEvent Number: 305Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Download the software switches to the Monitor Module. If the

software switches are not correct, replace the Monitor Module assoon as possible.

Internal Cal Reset (Internal Calibration Reset)Event Number: 307Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventEvent Specific: Ch pair xAction: Replace Monitor Module immediately.

Monitor TMR PPL Failed (Monitor TMR Proportional value Failed)Event Number: 310Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Replace the Monitor Module.

Page 288: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

282

Monitor TMR PPL Passed (Monitor TMR Proportional value Passed)Event Number: 311Event Classification: Potential ProblemAction: Replace the Monitor Module.

Module RebootEvent Number: 320Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

* Module Removed from RackEvent Number: 325Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Module Inserted in RackEvent Number: 326Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

Device Events LostEvent Number: 355Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

This may be due to the removal of the Rack Interface Module for anextended period of time.

Module Alarms LostEvent Number: 356Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

This may be due to the removal of the Rack Interface Module for anextended period of time.

* Module Entered Calibr. (Module Entered Calibration Mode)Event Number: 365Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Module Exited Calibr. (Module Exited Calibration Mode)Event Number: 366Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

Pass Module Self-testEvent Number: 410Event Classification: Typical Logged EventAction: No action required.

Page 289: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

283

* Enabled Ch Bypass (Enabled Channel Bypass)Event Number: 416Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

Alarming has been inhibited by this action.

Disabled Ch Bypass (Disabled Channel Bypass)Event Number: 417Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

* Enabled Alert BypassEvent Number: 420Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

Alarming has been inhibited by this action.

Disabled Alert BypassEvent Number: 421Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

* Enabled Danger BypassEvent Number: 422Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

Alarming has been inhibited by this action.

Disabled Danger BypassEvent Number: 423Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

* Enabled Special Inh (Enabled Special Inhibit)Event Number: 424Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

Alarming has been inhibited by this action.

Disabled Special Inh (Disabled Special Inhibit)Event Number: 425Event Classification: Typical logged eventEvent Specific: Ch xAction: No action required.

Page 290: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

284

* Enabled Mon Alarm Byp (Enabled Monitor Alarm Bypass)Event Number: 426Event Classification: Typical logged eventAction: No action required.

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Disabled Mon Alarm Byp (Disabled Monitor Alarm Bypass)Event Number: 427Event Classification: Typical logged eventAction: No action required.

* Fail Slot Id TestEvent Number: 461Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that the Monitor Module is fully inserted in the rack. If the

Monitor Module is installed correctly, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the rack backplane

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Pass Slot Id TestEvent Number: 462Event Classification: Severe/Fatal EventAction: Verify that the Monitor Module is fully inserted in the rack. If the

Monitor Module is installed correctly, check to see if one of thefollowing components is faulty:

- the Monitor Module- the rack backplane

* Enabled Test SignalEvent Number: 481Event Classification: Typical logged eventAction: No action required.

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Disabled Test SignalEvent Number: 482Event Classification: Typical logged eventAction: No action required.

Switch To Primary KphEvent Number: 491Event Classification: Potential ProblemEvent Specific: Ch pair xAction: Check to see if one of the following is faulty:

- the secondary Keyphasor® transducer on the machine- the Monitor Module

Page 291: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

285

Switch To Backup KphEvent Number: 492Event Classification: Potential ProblemEvent Specific: Ch pair xAction: Check to see if one of the following is faulty:

- the primary Keyphasor transducer on the machine- the Monitor Module

* Kph LostEvent Number: 493Event Classification: Potential ProblemEvent Specific: Ch pair xAction: Check to see if one of the following is faulty:

- both Keyphasor transducers on the machine- the Monitor Module- the Keyphasor Module

For vector and Keyphasor based, alarms the Monitor Module will stopalarming.

DSP Reset AttemptedEvent Number: 501Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventEvent Specific: Ch pair xAction: If the message is seen repeatedly in the System Event List, then

replace the Monitor Module immediately.

* DSP Self-test FailureEvent Number: 502Event Classification: Severe / Fatal EventEvent Specific: Ch pair xAction: Replace the Monitor Module immediately.

Monitor Module will stop alarming.

Page 292: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Troubleshooting

286

6.4 Alarm Event List MessagesThe following Alarm Event List Messages are returned by theProximitor/Seismic Monitor.

Alarm Event ListMessage

When the message will occur

Entered Alert / Alarm 1

Left Alert / Alarm 1

Entered Danger / Alarm 2

Left Danger / Alarm 2

Entered not OK

Left not OK

A proportional value in the channel hasentered Alert / Alarm 1 and changed thechannel Alert / Alarm 1 status

A proportional value in the channel hasleft Alert / Alarm 1 and changed thechannel Alert / Alarm 1 status

A proportional value in the channel hasentered Danger / Alarm 2 and changedthe channel Danger / Alarm 2 status

A proportional value in the channel hasleft Danger / Alarm 2 and changed thechannel Danger / Alarm 2 status

module went not OK

module returned to the OK state

Page 293: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Ordering Information

287

7. Ordering Information

A B

Part number 3500/42- -

A I/O Module Type

01 Prox/Seis I/O Module with Internal Terminations02 Prox/Seis I/O Module with External Terminations *03 TMR I/O Module with External Terminations *04 I/O Module with Internal Barriers (4 x Prox./Accel. Channels) and

Internal Terminations05 I/O Module with Internal Barriers (2 x Prox./Accel. + 2 x Velomitor

Channels) and Internal Terminations06 I/O Module with Internal Barriers (4 x Velomitor Channels) and

Internal Terminations07 Shaft Absolute I/O Module with Internal Terminations08 Shaft Absolute I/O Module with External Terminations*09 Prox/Velom I/O Module with Internal Terminations10 Prox/Velom I/O Module with External Terminations*

* When ordering I/O modules with external terminations, the ExternalTermination Blocks and Cables must be ordered separately for each I/Omodule.

B Agency Approval Option

00 None01 CSA-NRTL/C

NoteThe ‘M’ at the end of 3500/42M is not used for ordering. All new monitors will bethe 3500/42M version.

If the Monitor is a 3500/42M then the following software version (or later) isrequired:

3500 Rack Configuration Software – Version 2.50

If the Monitor is to be used with the Internal Barrier I/O option, then the followingsoftware version (or later) is required:

3500 Rack Configuration Software – Version 2.30

If the Monitor is to be used with a 3500/92 Communications Gateway, then thefollowing firmware version (or later) is required for the 3500/92:

3500/92 Firmware – Revision D

Page 294: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Ordering Information

288

Spares

3500/42M Monitor 140734-02Prox/Seis I/O Module with Internal Terminations* 128229-01Prx/Seis I/O Module with External Terminations* 128240-01TMR I/O Module with External Terminations* 126632-01I/O Module with Internal Barriers (Internal Terminations)*

4 Channels for Prox/Accel 135489-012 Channels Prox/Accel + 2 Channels Velomitor 135489-024 Channels for Velomitor 135489-03

Prox/Vel I/O Module with Internal Teminations* 140471-01Prox/Vel I/O Module with External Terminations* 140482-01Shaft Absolute I/O Module with Internal Teminations* 138708-01Shaft Absolute I/O Module with External Terminations* 138700-01

Prox/Seis External Termination Block 125808-02

(Euro Style connectors)*Prox/Seis External Termination Block 128015-02

(Terminal Strip connectors)*Prox/Velom External Termination Block 125808-08

(Euro Style connectors)*Prox/Velom External Termination Block 128015-08

(Terminal Strip connectors)*Shaft Absolute External Termination Block 140993-01

(Euro Style connectors)*Shaft Absolute External Termination Block 141001-01

(Terminal Strip connectors)*Recorder External Termination Block* 128702-01

(Euro Style connectors)Recorder External Termination Block* 128710-01

(Terminal Strip connectors)Bussed External Termination Block*, 132242-01

(Euro Style connectors)Bussed External Termination Block*, 132234-01

(Terminal Strip connectors)Prox/Velom I/O Module ten pin connector shunt 00561941

Shaft Absolute I/O Module eight pin connector shunt 00517018

Prox/Seis I/O Module four pin connector shunt 005308433500/42M Monitor Manual 143489-01Firmware IC 141860-01 &

141860-02Grounding Wrist Strap (single use only) 04425545IC Removal Tool 04400037Internal I/O Module connector header, Euro Style, 8 pin 00580434Used on I/O modules 128229-01 and 138708-01

Internal I/O Module connector header, Euro Style, 10 pin 00580432Used on I/O modules 128229-01, 138708-10, 135489-XX

Internal I/O Module connector header, Euro Style, 12 pin 00502133Used on I/O module 135489-XX

Page 295: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Ordering Information

289

*NoteExternal Termination Blocks can not be used with I/O Modules with InternalTerminations (128229-01, 140471-01, 135489-01, 135489-02, and 135489-03 ).

Use the two Bussed External Termination Blocks with the TMR I/O Module only(126632-01).

When ordering I/O Modules with External Termination, the External TerminationBlocks and Cables must be ordered separately.

Both ICs are required for the 3500/40M.

The 3500/42 without the ‘M’ suffix is an older version of the monitor and is nolonger available. The following parts are no longer available: 125672-02,140072-02, 133103-01, & 141823-01.

3500 Transducer (XDCR) Signal to External Termination (ET) Block Cable

A B

Part number 129525 - -

A Cable Length

0005 5 feet (1.5 metres) 0007 7 feet (2.1 metres) 0010 10 feet (3 metres) 0025 25 feet (7.5 metres) 0050 50 feet (15 metres) 0100 100 feet (30.5 metres)

B Assembly Instructions

00 Not Assembled01 Assembled

3500 Recorder Output to Recorder External Termination (ET) Block Cable

A B

Part number 129529 - -

A Cable Length

0005 5 feet (1.5 metres) 0007 7 feet (2.1 metres) 0010 10 feet (3 metres) 0025 25 feet (7.5 metres) 0050 50 feet (15 metres) 0100 100 feet (30.5 metres)

B Assembly Instructions

00 Not Assembled01 Assembled

Page 296: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

290

8. SpecificationsINPUTS

Signal: Accepts from 1 to 4 signal inputs.

Input Impedance(Proximitor andAcceleration Inputs):

Standard I/O:TMR I/O:

10 kΩ50 kΩ (Bussed Transducer Configuration)150 kΩ (Discrete Transducer Configuration)

Power: Nominal consumption of 7.7 watts

Sensitivity:Radial Vibration:

Thrust:

Eccentricity:

Differential Expansion:

Acceleration:

Velocity:

Shaft AbsoluteRadial Vibration:

Shaft AbsoluteVelocity:

3.94 mV/µm (100 mV/mil) or7.87 mV/µm (200 mV/mil)

3.94 mV/µm (100 mV/mil) or7.87mV/µm (200 mV/mil)

3.94 mV/µm (100 mV/mil) or7.87 mV/µm (200 mV/mil)

.394 mV/µm (10 mV/mil) or

.787 mV/µm (20 mV/mil)

10 mV/(m/s2) (100 mV/g)

20 mV/(mm/s) pk (500 mV/(in/s) pk),5.8 mV/(mm/s) pk (145 mV/(in/s) pk),4 mV/(mm/s) pk (100 mV/(in/s) pk)

3.94 mV/µm (100 mV/mil) or7.87 mV/µm (200 mV/mil)

20 mV/(mm/s) pk (500 mV/(in/s) pk),5.8 mV/(mm/s) pk (145 mV/(in/s) pk),4 mV/(mm/s) pk (100 mV/(in/s) pk)

Page 297: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

291

OUTPUTSFront Panel LED’s:

OK LED:

TX/RX LED:

Bypass LED:

Indicates when the 3500/42M is operatingproperly.

Indicates when the 3500/42M iscommunicating with other modules in the3500 rack.

Indicates when the 3500/42M is in BypassMode.

Buffered TransducerOutputs:

The front of each monitor has one coaxialconnector for each channel. Each connectoris short circuit protected.

Output Impedance: 550 Ω

Transducer Supply Values: -24 Vdc

Recorder: +4 to +20 mA. Values are proportional tomonitor full scale. Individual recorder valuesare provided for each channel. Monitoroperation is unaffected by short circuits onrecorder outputs.

Voltage Compliance(current output):

0 to +12 Vdc range across load. Loadresistance is 0 to 600 Ω.

Resolution: 0.3662 µA per bit

Accuracy: ±0.25 % error at room temperature-0.66 to +0.70 % error over temperaturerange updated rate 100 ms or less.

Page 298: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

292

SIGNAL CONDITIONING

Specified at +25° C (77° F)

Radial Vibration

Frequency Response:Direct Filter:

Gap Filter:

*Not 1X Filter:

*Smax:

*,**1X & 2X Vector Filter:

User-programmable for 4 to 4,000 Hz or 1to 600 Hz.

-3 dB at .09 Hz.

60 cpm to 15.8 times running speed.Constant Q notch filter. Minimum rejectionin stopband of –34.9 dB.

0.125 to 15.8 times running speed.

Constant Q Filter. Minimum rejection instopband of –57.7 dB.

* Note - 1X & 2X Vector, Not 1X, and Smax parameters are valid formachine speeds of 60 to 60,000 cpm.

**Note - Minimum Signal Amplitude for Phase measurement is 42.7 mV

Accuracy:Direct and Gap:

1X & 2X:

Smax:

Not 1X:

Within ±0.33 % of full scale typical, ±1 %maximum.

Within ±0.33 % of full scale typical, ±1 %maximum.

Within ±5 % maximum.

±3 % for machine speeds less than 30,000cpm. ±8.5 % for machine speeds greaterthan 30,000 cpm.

Thrust and Differential Expansion:

Frequency Response:Direct Filter:Gap Filter:

Accuracy:

-3 dB at 1.2 Hz.-3 dB at 0.41 Hz.

Within ±0.33 % of full scale typical, ±1 %maximum.

Page 299: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

293

EIPP Monitor

Frequency Response:Direct Filter:Gap Filter:

Accuracy:

-3 dB at 15.6 Hz.-3 dB at 0.41 Hz.

Within ±0.33 % of full scale typical, ±1 %maximum.

Acceleration Frequency Response

The following table represents the frequency ranges for the 3500/42M underdifferent filtering options. Resources used for filtering are assigned basedon channel pairs. It is possible to select different filtering options for the twochannels of a channel pair. However, the frequency response for bothchannels will be limited to the worst case frequency response of theindividual channels. If added frequency range is required, the 3500/42Mcan be configured as a two-channel monitor (use channels 1 and 3). Thislets you combine the resources normally used for filtering of two channelsand use them for one. See page 51

Dual AccelerationFilter Quality:

High-Pass:

Low-Pass:

Quality:

4-pole (80 dB per decade, 24 dB peroctave).

4-pole (80 dB per decade, 24 dB peroctave).

Within ±0.33 % of full-scale typical, ±1 %maximum. Exclusive of filters.

Dual VelocityFrequency Response:

Filter Quality:High-Pass:

Low-Pass:

Quality:

See page 61

2-pole (40 dB per decade, 12 dB peroctave).

4-pole (80 dB per decade, 24 dB peroctave).

Within ±0.33 % of full-scale typical, ±1 %maximum. Exclusive of filters. For theVelomitor:Full Scale 0-0.5: ±3 % typical.Full Scale 0-1.0: ±2 % typical.Full Scale 0-2.0: ±1 % typical.

Page 300: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

294

Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration

Frequency Response:Direct Filter:

Gap Filter:

*,**1X Vector Filter:

User-programmable for 4 to 4,000 Hz or 1to 600 Hz.

-3 dB at .09 Hz.

Constant Q Filter. Minimum rejection instopband of –57.7 dB.

* Note - 1X Vector parameters are valid for machine speeds of 60 to 60,000cpm.

**Note - Minimum Signal Amplitude for Phase measurement is 42.7 mV

Accuracy:Direct and Gap:

1X:

Within ±0.33 % of full scale typical, ±1 %maximum.

Within ±0.33 % of full scale typical, ±1 %maximum.

Page 301: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

295

Shaft Absolute Velocity

Frequency Response:High_Pass Filter:

Low-Pass Filter:

Quality:

*,**1X Vector Filter:

User-programmable for 1 to 15 Hz.

2-Pole (40 dB per decade, 12 dB peroctave).

User-programmable for 50 to 4,000 Hz.

4-Pole (80 dB per decade, 24 dB peroctave.

Within ±0.33 % of full-scale typical, ±1 %maximum. Exclusive of filters. For theVelomitor:Full Scale 0-0.5: ±3 % typical.Full Scale 0-1.0: ±2 % typical.Full Scale 0-2.0: ±1 % typical.

Constant Q Filter. Minimum rejection instopband of –57.7 dB.

* Note - 1X Vector parameters are valid for machine speeds of 60 to 60,000cpm.

**Note - Minimum Signal Amplitude for Phase measurement is 42.7 mV

Accuracy:1X: Within ±0.33 % of full scale typical, ±1 %

maximum.

Page 302: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

296

ALARMS

Alarm Setpoints: Alert levels can be set for each valuemeasured by the monitor. In addition,Danger setpoints can be set for any two ofthe values measured by the monitor. Allalarm setpoints are set using softwareconfiguration. Alarms are adjustable andcan normally be set from 0 to 100 % of FullScale for each measured value. Theexception is when the Full Scale rangeexceeds the range of the transducer. In thiscase, the set point will be limited to therange of the transducer. Accuracy of alarmsare to within 0.13 % of the desired value.

Alarm Time Delays:

Alert:

Danger:

Alarm delays can be programmed usingsoftware, and can be set as follows:

From 1 to 60 seconds in 1 second intervals.

0.1 seconds (typical) or from 1 to 60seconds in 1 second intervals.

Page 303: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

297

PROPORTIONAL VALUESProportional values are vibration measurements used to monitor themachine. The Proximitor/Seismic Monitor returns the following proportionalvalues:

Radial Vibration Thrust Position DifferentialExpansion

Direct *Gap1X Amplitude1X Phase Lag2X Amplitude2X Phase LagNot 1X AmplitudeSmax Amplitude

Direct *Gap

Direct *Gap

Eccentricity Acceleration

Peak to Peak *GapDirect MinDirect Max

Direct *RMS Acceleration (or)peak Acceleration (or)RMS Velocity (or)peak Velocity (or)Band-pass peak Acceleration (or)Band-pass peak Velocity

Velocity

Direct *RMS Velocity (or)peak Velocitypeak to peak Displacement (or)Band-pass peak Velocity (or)Band-pass peak to peak Displacement

Shaft Absolute Radial Vibration Shaft Absolute Velocity

Direct *Gap1X Amplitude1X Phase Lag

Shaft Absolute Direct *Shaft Absolute 1X AmplitudeShaft Absolute 1X Phase LagDirect1X Amplitude1X Phase Lag

* This is the primary value for each channel pair type.

Page 304: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

298

ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITSTemperature: -30 to 65° C (-22 to 150° F) operating, when

used with Internal/External TerminationProximitor/Seismic or Proximitor/VelomitorI/O Module.

0 to 65° C (32 to 150° F) operating, whenused with Proximitor/Seismic Internal BarrierI/O Module (Internal Termination).

-40 to 85° C (-40 to 185° F) storage.

Humidity: 95 % non-condensing.

BARRIER PARAMETERSThe following parameters apply for both CSA-NRTL/C and CENELEC approvals.

Proximitor Barrier:

Circuit Parameters: Vmax (PWR) = 26.80 V(SIG) = 14.05 V

Imax (PWR) = 112.8 mA(SIG) = 2.82 mA

Rmin (PWR) = 237.6 Ω(SIG) = 4985 Ω

Channel Parameters(Entity):

Vmax = 28.0 VImax = 115.62 mARmin (PWR) = 237.6 Ω

(SIG) = 4985 Ω

Seismic Barrier:

Circuit Parameters: Vmax (B) = 27.25 VImax (B) = 91.8 mARmin (B) = 297 Ω

Channel Parameters(Entity):

Vmax = 27.25 VImax = 91.8 mARmin = 297 Ω

Page 305: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

299

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITYNote: The 3500 Monitoring System conforms to the specifications listedbelow. The specific test setup, test levels, and pass criteria (monitoraccuracy) for these tests are defined in the 3500 Technical Construction File.For copies of this file, contact your local Bently Nevada office.

EN50081-2:Radiated Emissions: EN 55011, Class A

Conducted Emissions: EN 55011, Class A

EN50082-2:Electrostatic Discharge: EN 61000-4-2, Criteria B

Radiated Susceptibility: ENV 50140, Criteria A

Conducted Susceptibility: ENV 50141, Criteria A

Electrical Fast Transient: EN 61000-4-4, Criteria B

Surge Capability: EN 61000-4-5, Criteria B

Magnetic Field: EN 61000-4-8, Criteria A

Power Supply Dip: EN 61000-4-11, Criteria B

Radio Telephone: ENV 50204, Criteria BLow Voltage Directives:Safety Requirements: EN 61010-01

HAZARDOUS APPROVALSCSA-NRTL/C:When used withInternal/External TerminationI/O Module

When used with InternalBarrier I/O Module (InternalTermination) *

Class I, Division 2, Groups A through D

Class I, Division 1, Groups A through DClass II, Division 1, Groups E, F, GClass III

* Hazardous Approvals for Class I, Division 2, Groups A through D Pending.

CENELEC:When used with InternalBarrier I/O Module (InternalTermination)

[EEx ia] IIC

Page 306: 3500/42M PROXIMITOR /SEISMIC MONITOR MODULEycmcco.com/new/wp-content/pdf-download/Instrument/Bently/...5.1 Verifying a 3500 Rack - Proximitor /Seismic Monitor Module 118 5.1.1 Choosing

3500/42M Operation and Maintenance Specifications

300

PHYSICALMain Board:

Dimensions (Height xWidth x Depth)

241.3 mm x 24.4 mm x 241.8 mm(9.50 in x 0.96 in x 9.52 in)

Weight: 0.91 kg (2.0 lbs)

I/O Modules (non-barrier):Dimensions (Height xWidth x Depth)

I/O Modules (barrier):Dimensions (Height xWidth x Depth)

241.3 mm x 24.4 mm x 99.1 mm(9.50 in x 0.96 in x 3.90 in)

241.3 mm x 24.4 mm x 163.1 mm(9.50 in x 0.96 in x 6.42 in)

Weight: 0.20 kg (0.44 lbs), non-barrier0.46 kg (1.01 lbs), barrier

RACK SPACE REQUIREMENTSMonitor Module: 1 full-height front slot

I/O Modules: 1 full-height rear slot